From 90e8691111889a7b5f3c812f5a41f15a8a058913 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Biebl Date: Tue, 7 Nov 2017 00:14:39 +0100 Subject: New upstream version 1.9.90 --- docs/api/Makefile.am | 1 + docs/api/Makefile.in | 7 +- ...reedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml | 11 + ...org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml | 18 + docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml | 67 +- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html | 66 +- docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 | 30 +- docs/api/html/ch01.html | 12 + ...eedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html | 12 + ...rg.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html | 20 +- .../html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html | 68 +- docs/api/html/index.html | 17 +- docs/api/html/ix01.html | 1286 ++++++++++---------- docs/api/html/manpages.html | 3 + docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html | 260 ++++ docs/api/html/nm-online.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/nm-openvswitch.html | 177 +++ docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html | 229 +++- docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html | 16 +- docs/api/html/nm-settings.html | 324 ++++- docs/api/html/nmcli.html | 106 +- docs/api/html/ref-settings.html | 16 +- docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html | 6 +- .../html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html | 16 +- docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html | 6 +- docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html | 10 +- docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-bond.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html | 10 +- docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-connection.html | 12 +- docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html | 6 +- docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-generic.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html | 10 +- docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html | 12 +- docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/settings-ovs-bridge.html | 95 ++ docs/api/html/settings-ovs-interface.html | 77 ++ docs/api/html/settings-ovs-patch.html | 77 ++ docs/api/html/settings-ovs-port.html | 107 ++ docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html | 12 +- docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html | 10 +- docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-serial.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-team.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-tun.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-user.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html | 4 +- docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html | 6 +- docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html | 6 +- docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html | 4 +- docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml | 1 + docs/api/settings-spec.xml | 79 +- docs/api/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in | 4 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 84 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 78 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html | 276 ++--- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html | 18 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html | 18 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html | 200 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 30 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 30 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 14 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 30 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 66 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 78 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html | 66 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html | 60 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 72 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html | 154 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html | 86 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 38 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html | 16 +- .../html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html | 42 +- .../html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in | 4 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html | 262 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html | 132 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 278 ++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 44 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html | 56 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 64 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 34 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 150 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 134 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 8 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 62 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 244 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 192 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 34 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html | 186 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 44 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 12 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html | 56 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 86 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html | 124 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 138 +-- .../libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 134 +- docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-util/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html | 416 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html | 6 +- docs/libnm-util/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm/Makefile.in | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 72 +- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 137 ++- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 762 +++++++----- docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html | 407 +++++-- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 396 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html | 94 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 64 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html | 100 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 56 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 130 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 116 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 20 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 58 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 194 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 138 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 116 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 340 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 30 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 52 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 135 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 251 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 134 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 58 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 27 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 526 +++++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 77 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 22 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 180 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html | 75 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 50 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 84 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 68 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 120 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 150 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 150 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 352 +++++- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 76 +- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 404 ++++++ docs/libnm/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 252 +++- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 42 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 563 ++++----- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html | 32 + docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 | 78 ++ docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 21 +- docs/libnm/html/usage.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt | 189 +++ docs/libnm/libnm.types | 11 + docs/libnm/version.xml | 2 +- 212 files changed, 9925 insertions(+), 6302 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/api/html/nm-openvswitch.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ovs-bridge.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ovs-interface.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ovs-patch.html create mode 100644 docs/api/html/settings-ovs-port.html (limited to 'docs') diff --git a/docs/api/Makefile.am b/docs/api/Makefile.am index f5def7b8..67f0a226 100644 --- a/docs/api/Makefile.am +++ b/docs/api/Makefile.am @@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ content_files = \ $(top_builddir)/man/nmcli-examples.xml \ $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings.xml \ $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml \ + $(top_builddir)/man/nm-openvswitch.xml \ version.xml \ ../../COPYING \ $(NULL) diff --git a/docs/api/Makefile.in b/docs/api/Makefile.in index f316d853..7b4fd654 100644 --- a/docs/api/Makefile.in +++ b/docs/api/Makefile.in @@ -151,7 +151,6 @@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ -BINUTILS_NM = @BINUTILS_NM@ BLUEZ5_CFLAGS = @BLUEZ5_CFLAGS@ BLUEZ5_LIBS = @BLUEZ5_LIBS@ CC = @CC@ @@ -173,6 +172,7 @@ DBUS_SYS_DIR = @DBUS_SYS_DIR@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ DHCLIENT_PATH = @DHCLIENT_PATH@ +DHCPCANON_PATH = @DHCPCANON_PATH@ DHCPCD_PATH = @DHCPCD_PATH@ DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE = @DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE@ DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@ @@ -361,6 +361,7 @@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@ ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@ +ac_ct_NM = @ac_ct_NM@ ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ @@ -422,6 +423,7 @@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ with_dhclient = @with_dhclient@ +with_dhcpcanon = @with_dhcpcanon@ with_dhcpcd = @with_dhcpcd@ with_netconfig = @with_netconfig@ with_resolvconf = @with_resolvconf@ @@ -495,7 +497,8 @@ content_files = $(GENERATED_FILES) \ $(top_builddir)/man/NetworkManager.conf.xml \ $(top_builddir)/man/nmcli-examples.xml \ $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings.xml \ - $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml version.xml \ + $(top_builddir)/man/nm-settings-keyfile.xml \ + $(top_builddir)/man/nm-openvswitch.xml version.xml \ ../../COPYING $(NULL) $(am__append_2) @GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_CC = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) @GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_CC = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml index cea4ce0b..29bf0bce 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.xml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Type readable s Devices readable ao State readable u +StateFlags readable u Default readable b Ip4Config readable o Dhcp4Config readable o @@ -162,6 +163,16 @@ State readable u Returns: NMActiveConnectionState + + The "StateFlags" property + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:StateFlags + +StateFlags readable u + + The state flags of this active connection. + Returns: NMActivationStateFlags + + The "Default" property org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml index 76e41649..5207b09e 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.xml @@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ Signals PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); + + + + Properties + +HwAddress readable s @@ -33,5 +39,17 @@ PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties); + + Property Details + + The "HwAddress" property + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy:HwAddress + +HwAddress readable s + + Hardware address of the device. + + + diff --git a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml index 6e667f5b..9a9a5754 100644 --- a/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml +++ b/docs/api/dbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.xml @@ -54,26 +54,28 @@ Properties -Devices readable ao -AllDevices readable ao -NetworkingEnabled readable b -WirelessEnabled readwrite b -WirelessHardwareEnabled readable b -WwanEnabled readwrite b -WwanHardwareEnabled readable b -WimaxEnabled readwrite b -WimaxHardwareEnabled readable b -ActiveConnections readable ao -PrimaryConnection readable o -PrimaryConnectionType readable s -Metered readable u -ActivatingConnection readable o -Startup readable b -Version readable s -Capabilities readable au -State readable u -Connectivity readable u -GlobalDnsConfiguration readwrite a{sv} +Devices readable ao +AllDevices readable ao +NetworkingEnabled readable b +WirelessEnabled readwrite b +WirelessHardwareEnabled readable b +WwanEnabled readwrite b +WwanHardwareEnabled readable b +WimaxEnabled readwrite b +WimaxHardwareEnabled readable b +ActiveConnections readable ao +PrimaryConnection readable o +PrimaryConnectionType readable s +Metered readable u +ActivatingConnection readable o +Startup readable b +Version readable s +Capabilities readable au +State readable u +Connectivity readable u +ConnectivityCheckAvailable readable b +ConnectivityCheckEnabled readwrite b +GlobalDnsConfiguration readwrite a{sv} @@ -731,6 +733,31 @@ Connectivity readable u Returns: NMConnectivityState + + The "ConnectivityCheckAvailable" property + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ConnectivityCheckAvailable + +ConnectivityCheckAvailable readable b + + Indicates whether connectivity checking service has been + configured. This may return true even if the service is not + currently enabled. + This is primarily intended for use in a privacy control panel, + as a way to determine whether to show an option to + enable/disable the feature. + + + + The "ConnectivityCheckEnabled" property + org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ConnectivityCheckEnabled + +ConnectivityCheckEnabled readwrite b + + Indicates whether connectivity checking is enabled. This + property can also be written to to disable connectivity + checking (as a privacy control panel might want to do). + + The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html index a670fe7d..c4e0d23e 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.conf.html @@ -229,7 +229,10 @@ no-auto-default=* if specified (See ignore-carrier). Otherwise, it is a list of matches to specify for which device carrier should be ignored. See the section called “Device List Format” for the - syntax how to specify a device. + syntax how to specify a device. Note that master types like + bond, bridge, and team ignore carrier by default. You can however + revert that default using the "except:" specifier (or better, + use the per-device setting instead of the deprecated setting).

@@ -392,8 +395,9 @@ no-auto-default=* value applies only to connections that can auto-connect and have a connection.autoconnect-retries property - set to -1. If not specified, connections will be retried 4 - times. + set to -1. If not specified, connections will be tried 4 + times. Setting this value to 1 means to try activation once, + without retry.

@@ -599,6 +603,11 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0 +

connection.auth-retries

+

If left unspecified, the default value is 3 tries before failing the connection. +

+ +

connection.autoconnect-slaves

@@ -648,6 +657,18 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0 +

ipv4.route-table

+

If left unspecified, routes are only added to the main table. Note that this + is different from explicitly selecting the main table 254, because of how NetworkManager + removes extraneous routes from the tables. +

+ + +

ipv6.dhcp-timeout

+

If left unspecified, the default value for + the interface type is used.

+ +

ipv6.ip6-privacy

If ipv6.ip6-privacy is unset, use the content of "/proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/default/use_tempaddr" as last fallback. @@ -658,6 +679,13 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0 +

ipv6.route-table

+

If left unspecified, routes are only added to the main table. Note that this + is different from explicitly selecting the main table 254, because of how NetworkManager + removes extraneous routes from the tables. +

+ +

vpn.timeout

If left unspecified, default value of 60 seconds is used.

@@ -684,6 +712,11 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=0

If left unspecified, the default value "ignore" will be used.

+ +

wifi-sec.pmf

+

If left unspecified, the default value + "optional" will be used.

+

@@ -781,7 +814,7 @@ ipv6.ip6-privacy=1 

 [device]
 match-device=interface-name:eth3
-unmanaged=1
+managed=1

@@ -797,6 +830,17 @@ unmanaged=1 +

managed

+

+ Whether the device is managed or not. A device can be + marked as managed via udev rules (ENV{NM_UNMANAGED}), + or via setting plugins (keyfile.unmanaged-devices). + This is yet another way. Note that this configuration + can be overruled at runtime via D-Bus. Also, it has + higher priority then udev rules. +

+ +

ignore-carrier

@@ -822,6 +866,10 @@ unmanaged=1 interfaces will still reflect the actual device state; it's just that NetworkManager will not make use of that information.

+

+ Master types like bond, bridge and team ignore carrier by default, + while other device types react on carrier changes by default. +

This setting overwrites the deprecated main.ignore-carrier setting above. @@ -1112,10 +1160,12 @@ enable=nm-version-min:1.3,nm-version-min:1.2.6,nm-version-min:1.0.16 /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections.

- The stored connection file may contain passwords and - private keys, so it will be made readable only to root, - and the plugin will ignore files that are readable or - writable by any user or group other than root. + The stored connection file may contain passwords, secrets and + private keys in plain text, so it will be made readable only to + root, and the plugin will ignore files that are readable or + writable by any user or group other than root. See "Secret flag types" + in nm-settings(5) + for how to avoid storing passwords in plain text.

This plugin is always active, and will automatically be diff --git a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 index b77a879d..4b55fda6 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 +++ b/docs/api/html/NetworkManager.devhelp2 @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ + @@ -33,6 +34,10 @@ + + + + @@ -173,6 +178,8 @@ + + @@ -254,6 +261,7 @@ + @@ -380,6 +388,7 @@ + @@ -452,6 +461,7 @@ + @@ -514,6 +524,10 @@ + + + + @@ -533,6 +547,9 @@ + + + @@ -636,6 +653,7 @@ + @@ -665,8 +683,9 @@ - - + + + @@ -687,6 +706,13 @@ + + + + + + + diff --git a/docs/api/html/ch01.html b/docs/api/html/ch01.html index ea9764df..be2b3d77 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ch01.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ch01.html @@ -81,6 +81,18 @@ 802-11-olpc-mesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings

+ovs-bridge — OvsBridge Link Settings +
+
+ovs-interface — OpenVSwitch Interface Settings +
+
+ovs-patch — OvsPatch Link Settings +
+
+ovs-port — OvsPort Link Settings +
+
ppp — Point-to-Point Protocol Settings
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html index 0dbaed08..109f6ad0 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active.html @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ Type readable s Devices readable ao State readable u +StateFlags readable u Default readable b Ip4Config readable o Dhcp4Config readable o @@ -202,6 +203,17 @@ State readable u
+

The "StateFlags" property

+
+StateFlags  readable   u
+
+

The state flags of this active connection. +

+

Returns: NMActivationStateFlags +

+
+
+

The "Default" property

 Default  readable   b
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html
index 94e841e4..475cd4c9 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy.html
@@ -15,7 +15,8 @@
 
@@ -39,6 +40,12 @@
 

+
Properties

+
+HwAddress  readable   s
+

+

+

 
Description

 

 

@@ -63,6 +70,17 @@ PropertiesChanged (a{sv} properties);
+
+

Property Details

+
+

The "HwAddress" property

+
+HwAddress  readable   s
+
+

Hardware address of the device. +

+
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
diff --git a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html index 17310d29..19c46a27 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/api/html/gdbus-org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.html @@ -82,26 +82,28 @@

Properties

-Devices                  readable   ao
-AllDevices               readable   ao
-NetworkingEnabled        readable   b
-WirelessEnabled          readwrite  b
-WirelessHardwareEnabled  readable   b
-WwanEnabled              readwrite  b
-WwanHardwareEnabled      readable   b
-WimaxEnabled             readwrite  b
-WimaxHardwareEnabled     readable   b
-ActiveConnections        readable   ao
-PrimaryConnection        readable   o
-PrimaryConnectionType    readable   s
-Metered                  readable   u
-ActivatingConnection     readable   o
-Startup                  readable   b
-Version                  readable   s
-Capabilities             readable   au
-State                    readable   u
-Connectivity             readable   u
-GlobalDnsConfiguration   readwrite  a{sv}
+Devices                     readable   ao
+AllDevices                  readable   ao
+NetworkingEnabled           readable   b
+WirelessEnabled             readwrite  b
+WirelessHardwareEnabled     readable   b
+WwanEnabled                 readwrite  b
+WwanHardwareEnabled         readable   b
+WimaxEnabled                readwrite  b
+WimaxHardwareEnabled        readable   b
+ActiveConnections           readable   ao
+PrimaryConnection           readable   o
+PrimaryConnectionType       readable   s
+Metered                     readable   u
+ActivatingConnection        readable   o
+Startup                     readable   b
+Version                     readable   s
+Capabilities                readable   au
+State                       readable   u
+Connectivity                readable   u
+ConnectivityCheckAvailable  readable   b
+ConnectivityCheckEnabled    readwrite  b
+GlobalDnsConfiguration      readwrite  a{sv}
@@ -863,6 +865,32 @@ Connectivity readable u
+

The "ConnectivityCheckAvailable" property

+
+ConnectivityCheckAvailable  readable   b
+
+

Indicates whether connectivity checking service has been + configured. This may return true even if the service is not + currently enabled. +

+

This is primarily intended for use in a privacy control panel, + as a way to determine whether to show an option to + enable/disable the feature. +

+
+
+
+

The "ConnectivityCheckEnabled" property

+
+ConnectivityCheckEnabled  readwrite  b
+
+

Indicates whether connectivity checking is enabled. This + property can also be written to to disable connectivity + checking (as a privacy control panel might want to do). +

+
+
+

The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property

 GlobalDnsConfiguration  readwrite  a{sv}
diff --git a/docs/api/html/index.html b/docs/api/html/index.html
index daecf5b5..45c0e975 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/index.html
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for NetworkManager 1.8.4
+      for NetworkManager 1.9.90
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/NetworkManager/stable/.
@@ -97,6 +97,9 @@
 

 nm-online — ask NetworkManager whether the network is connected
 

+

+nm-openvswitch — overview of NetworkManager OpenVSwitch support
+

 
 
II. Network Configuration Setting Specification

 

@@ -160,6 +163,18 @@
 802-11-olpc-mesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings
+ovs-bridge — OvsBridge Link Settings +
+
+ovs-interface — OpenVSwitch Interface Settings +
+
+ovs-patch — OvsPatch Link Settings +
+
+ovs-port — OvsPort Link Settings +
+
ppp — Point-to-Point Protocol Settings
diff --git a/docs/api/html/ix01.html b/docs/api/html/ix01.html index f3cffd24..dc62a062 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ix01.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ix01.html @@ -26,1356 +26,1398 @@

Symbols

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Flags, The "Flags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Flags, The "Flags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Frequency, The "Frequency" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Frequency, The "Frequency" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:LastSeen, The "LastSeen" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:LastSeen, The "LastSeen" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:MaxBitrate, The "MaxBitrate" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:MaxBitrate, The "MaxBitrate" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:RsnFlags, The "RsnFlags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:RsnFlags, The "RsnFlags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Ssid, The "Ssid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Ssid, The "Ssid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Strength, The "Strength" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:Strength, The "Strength" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:WpaFlags, The "WpaFlags" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AccessPoint:WpaFlags, The "WpaFlags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Register(), The Register() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Register(), The Register() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.RegisterWithCapabilities(), The RegisterWithCapabilities() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.RegisterWithCapabilities(), The RegisterWithCapabilities() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Unregister(), The Unregister() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager.Unregister(), The Unregister() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:BtCapabilities, The "BtCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:BtCapabilities, The "BtCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:Name, The "Name" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth:Name, The "Name" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Delete(), The Delete() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Delete(), The Delete() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Dummy:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:TypeDescription, The "TypeDescription" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.GetAppliedConnection(), The GetAppliedConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic:TypeDescription, The "TypeDescription" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.GetAppliedConnection(), The GetAppliedConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:EncapsulationLimit, The "EncapsulationLimit" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FlowLabel, The "FlowLabel" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:EncapsulationLimit, The "EncapsulationLimit" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:InputKey, The "InputKey" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:FlowLabel, The "FlowLabel" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Local, The "Local" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:InputKey, The "InputKey" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Local, The "Local" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:OutputKey, The "OutputKey" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:OutputKey, The "OutputKey" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:PathMtuDiscovery, The "PathMtuDiscovery" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Remote, The "Remote" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:PathMtuDiscovery, The "PathMtuDiscovery" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Tos, The "Tos" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Remote, The "Remote" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Ttl, The "Ttl" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Tos, The "Tos" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel:Ttl, The "Ttl" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:CipherSuite, The "CipherSuite" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:EncodingSa, The "EncodingSa" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:CipherSuite, The "CipherSuite" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Encrypt, The "Encrypt" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:EncodingSa, The "EncodingSa" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Es, The "Es" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Encrypt, The "Encrypt" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IcvLength, The "IcvLength" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Es, The "Es" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IncludeSci, The "IncludeSci" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IcvLength, The "IcvLength" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:IncludeSci, The "IncludeSci" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Protect, The "Protect" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:ReplayProtect, The "ReplayProtect" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Protect, The "Protect" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Scb, The "Scb" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:ReplayProtect, The "ReplayProtect" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Sci, The "Sci" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Scb, The "Scb" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Validation, The "Validation" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Sci, The "Sci" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Window, The "Window" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Validation, The "Validation" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macsec:Window, The "Window" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:NoPromisc, The "NoPromisc" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:NoPromisc, The "NoPromisc" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Tap, The "Tap" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan:Tap, The "Tap" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:CurrentCapabilities, The "CurrentCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:ModemCapabilities, The "ModemCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:CurrentCapabilities, The "CurrentCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem:ModemCapabilities, The "ModemCapabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:ActiveChannel, The "ActiveChannel" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:Companion, The "Companion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:ActiveChannel, The "ActiveChannel" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:Companion, The "Companion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Reapply(), The Reapply() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Reapply(), The Reapply() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RefreshRateMs, The "RefreshRateMs" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RxBytes, The "RxBytes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RefreshRateMs, The "RefreshRateMs" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:TxBytes, The "TxBytes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:RxBytes, The "RxBytes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Statistics:TxBytes, The "TxBytes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Config, The "Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Config, The "Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Slaves, The "Slaves" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team:Slaves, The "Slaves" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Group, The "Group" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Group, The "Group" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:MultiQueue, The "MultiQueue" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:NoPi, The "NoPi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:MultiQueue, The "MultiQueue" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Owner, The "Owner" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:NoPi, The "NoPi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:VnetHdr, The "VnetHdr" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:Owner, The "Owner" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun:VnetHdr, The "VnetHdr" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth:Peer, The "Peer" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth:Peer, The "Peer" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:VlanId, The "VlanId" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan:VlanId, The "VlanId" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ageing, The "Ageing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:DstPort, The "DstPort" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ageing, The "Ageing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Group, The "Group" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:DstPort, The "DstPort" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Group, The "Group" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Id, The "Id" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L2miss, The "L2miss" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Id, The "Id" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L3miss, The "L3miss" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L2miss, The "L2miss" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Learning, The "Learning" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:L3miss, The "L3miss" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Limit, The "Limit" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Learning, The "Learning" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Local, The "Local" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Limit, The "Limit" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Parent, The "Parent" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Local, The "Local" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Proxy, The "Proxy" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Parent, The "Parent" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Rsc, The "Rsc" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Proxy, The "Proxy" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMax, The "SrcPortMax" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Rsc, The "Rsc" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMin, The "SrcPortMin" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMax, The "SrcPortMax" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Tos, The "Tos" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:SrcPortMin, The "SrcPortMin" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ttl, The "Ttl" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Tos, The "Tos" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan:Ttl, The "Ttl" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.GetNspList(), The GetNspList() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspAdded, The "NspAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax.GetNspList(), The GetNspList() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspRemoved, The "NspRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspAdded, The "NspAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::NspRemoved, The "NspRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:ActiveNsp, The "ActiveNsp" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Bsid, The "Bsid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:ActiveNsp, The "ActiveNsp" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:CenterFrequency, The "CenterFrequency" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Bsid, The "Bsid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Cinr, The "Cinr" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:CenterFrequency, The "CenterFrequency" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Cinr, The "Cinr" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Nsps, The "Nsps" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Rssi, The "Rssi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Nsps, The "Nsps" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:TxPower, The "TxPower" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:Rssi, The "Rssi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax:TxPower, The "TxPower" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:ActiveConnection, The "ActiveConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Autoconnect, The "Autoconnect" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:ActiveConnection, The "ActiveConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:AvailableConnections, The "AvailableConnections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Autoconnect, The "Autoconnect" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:AvailableConnections, The "AvailableConnections" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DeviceType, The "DeviceType" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DeviceType, The "DeviceType" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Driver, The "Driver" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DriverVersion, The "DriverVersion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Driver, The "Driver" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareMissing, The "FirmwareMissing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:DriverVersion, The "DriverVersion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareVersion, The "FirmwareVersion" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareMissing, The "FirmwareMissing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Interface, The "Interface" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:FirmwareVersion, The "FirmwareVersion" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Address, The "Ip4Address" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Interface, The "Interface" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Address, The "Ip4Address" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:IpInterface, The "IpInterface" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:LldpNeighbors, The "LldpNeighbors" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:IpInterface, The "IpInterface" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Managed, The "Managed" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:LldpNeighbors, The "LldpNeighbors" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Metered, The "Metered" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Managed, The "Managed" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Mtu, The "Mtu" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Metered, The "Metered" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:NmPluginMissing, The "NmPluginMissing" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Mtu, The "Mtu" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:PhysicalPortId, The "PhysicalPortId" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:NmPluginMissing, The "NmPluginMissing" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Real, The "Real" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:PhysicalPortId, The "PhysicalPortId" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Real, The "Real" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:StateReason, The "StateReason" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Udi, The "Udi" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:StateReason, The "StateReason" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device:Udi, The "Udi" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Configuration, The "Configuration" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Configuration, The "Configuration" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:RcManager, The "RcManager" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DnsManager:RcManager, The "RcManager" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Domains, The "Domains" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Domains, The "Domains" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Routes, The "Routes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Searches, The "Searches" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Routes, The "Routes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServers, The "WinsServers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:Searches, The "Searches" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP4Config:WinsServers, The "WinsServers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:AddressData, The "AddressData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Addresses, The "Addresses" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsOptions, The "DnsOptions" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Domains, The "Domains" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:DnsPriority, The "DnsPriority" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Domains, The "Domains" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Gateway, The "Gateway" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Nameservers, The "Nameservers" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Routes, The "Routes" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:RouteData, The "RouteData" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Searches, The "Searches" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Routes, The "Routes" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.IP6Config:Searches, The "Searches" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.CancelGetSecrets(), The CancelGetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.DeleteSecrets(), The DeleteSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.CancelGetSecrets(), The CancelGetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.DeleteSecrets(), The DeleteSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.SaveSecrets(), The SaveSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretAgent.SaveSecrets(), The SaveSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection(), The AddConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnectionUnsaved(), The AddConnectionUnsaved() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnection(), The AddConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.AddConnectionUnsaved(), The AddConnectionUnsaved() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.ClearSecrets(), The ClearSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Delete(), The Delete() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.ClearSecrets(), The ClearSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Delete(), The Delete() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSettings(), The GetSettings() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSecrets(), The GetSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Save(), The Save() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.GetSettings(), The GetSettings() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update(), The Update() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Save(), The Save() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.UpdateUnsaved(), The UpdateUnsaved() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.Update(), The Update() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection.UpdateUnsaved(), The UpdateUnsaved() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Removed, The "Removed" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Updated, The "Updated" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Removed, The "Removed" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Unsaved, The "Unsaved" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection::Updated, The "Updated" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.GetConnectionByUuid(), The GetConnectionByUuid() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection:Unsaved, The "Unsaved" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ListConnections(), The ListConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.GetConnectionByUuid(), The GetConnectionByUuid() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.LoadConnections(), The LoadConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ListConnections(), The ListConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ReloadConnections(), The ReloadConnections() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.LoadConnections(), The LoadConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.SaveHostname(), The SaveHostname() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.ReloadConnections(), The ReloadConnections() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::ConnectionRemoved, The "ConnectionRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.SaveHostname(), The SaveHostname() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::NewConnection, The "NewConnection" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::ConnectionRemoved, The "ConnectionRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::NewConnection, The "NewConnection" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:CanModify, The "CanModify" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Connections, The "Connections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:CanModify, The "CanModify" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Hostname, The "Hostname" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Connections, The "Connections" property +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings:Hostname, The "Hostname" property

A

-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Connection, The "Connection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default, The "Default" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Connection, The "Connection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default6, The "Default6" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default, The "Default" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Devices, The "Devices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Default6, The "Default6" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Devices, The "Devices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp4Config, The "Dhcp4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Id, The "Id" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Dhcp6Config, The "Dhcp6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Id, The "Id" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Master, The "Master" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:SpecificObject, The "SpecificObject" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Master, The "Master" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:SpecificObject, The "SpecificObject" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:StateFlags, The "StateFlags" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Type, The "Type" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Type, The "Type" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Uuid, The "Uuid" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Uuid, The "Uuid" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Vpn, The "Vpn" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Connection.Active:Vpn, The "Vpn" property +
addr-gen-mode, ipv6
-
addr-gen-mode, ipv6 +
address-data, ipv4, ipv6
-
address-data, ipv4, ipv6 +
addresses, ipv4, ipv6
-
addresses, ipv4, ipv6 +
ageing, vxlan
-
ageing, vxlan +
ageing-time, bridge
-
ageing-time, bridge +
altsubject-matches, 802-1x
-
altsubject-matches, 802-1x +
anonymous-identity, 802-1x
-
anonymous-identity, 802-1x +
apn, gsm
-
apn, gsm +
app-fcoe-flags, dcb
-
app-fcoe-flags, dcb +
app-fcoe-mode, dcb
-
app-fcoe-mode, dcb +
app-fcoe-priority, dcb
-
app-fcoe-priority, dcb +
app-fip-flags, dcb
-
app-fip-flags, dcb +
app-fip-priority, dcb
-
app-fip-priority, dcb +
app-iscsi-flags, dcb
-
app-iscsi-flags, dcb +
app-iscsi-priority, dcb
-
app-iscsi-priority, dcb +
assigned-mac-address, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless
-
assigned-mac-address, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
auth-alg, 802-11-wireless-security
-
auth-alg, 802-11-wireless-security +
auth-retries, connection
-
auth-timeout, 802-1x +
auth-timeout, 802-1x
-
auto-negotiate, 802-3-ethernet +
auto-negotiate, 802-3-ethernet
-
autoconnect, connection +
autoconnect, connection
-
autoconnect-priority, connection +
autoconnect-priority, connection
-
autoconnect-retries, connection +
autoconnect-retries, connection
-
autoconnect-slaves, connection +
autoconnect-slaves, connection

B

-
band, 802-11-wireless +
band, 802-11-wireless +
+
baud, ppp, serial +
+
bdaddr, bluetooth +
+
bits, serial
-
baud, ppp, serial +
bond-downdelay, ovs-port
-
bdaddr, bluetooth +
bond-mode, ovs-port
-
bits, serial +
bond-updelay, ovs-port
-
browser-only, proxy +
browser-only, proxy
-
bssid, 802-11-wireless +
bssid, 802-11-wireless

C

-
ca-cert, 802-1x +
ca-cert, 802-1x
-
ca-cert-password, 802-1x +
ca-cert-password, 802-1x
-
ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x +
ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
ca-path, 802-1x +
ca-path, 802-1x
-
channel, 802-11-olpc-mesh, 802-11-wireless +
channel, 802-11-olpc-mesh, 802-11-wireless
-
client-cert, 802-1x +
client-cert, 802-1x
-
client-cert-password, 802-1x +
client-cert-password, 802-1x
-
client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x +
client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
cloned-mac-address, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
cloned-mac-address, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless
-
config, team, team-port +
config, team, team-port
-
crtscts, ppp +
crtscts, ppp

D

-
dad-timeout, ipv4, ipv6 +
dad-timeout, ipv4, ipv6
-
data, user, vpn +
data, user, vpn
-
destination-port, vxlan +
destination-port, vxlan
-
device-id, gsm +
device-id, gsm
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Carrier, The "Carrier" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Carrier, The "Carrier" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:S390Subchannels, The "S390Subchannels" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:S390Subchannels, The "S390Subchannels" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Speed, The "Speed" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired:Speed, The "Speed" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAccessPoints(), The GetAccessPoints() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAccessPoints(), The GetAccessPoints() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAllAccessPoints(), The GetAllAccessPoints() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.GetAllAccessPoints(), The GetAllAccessPoints() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.RequestScan(), The RequestScan() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless.RequestScan(), The RequestScan() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointAdded, The "AccessPointAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointAdded, The "AccessPointAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointRemoved, The "AccessPointRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::AccessPointRemoved, The "AccessPointRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:AccessPoints, The "AccessPoints" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:AccessPoints, The "AccessPoints" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:ActiveAccessPoint, The "ActiveAccessPoint" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:ActiveAccessPoint, The "ActiveAccessPoint" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Bitrate, The "Bitrate" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Bitrate, The "Bitrate" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:HwAddress, The "HwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Mode, The "Mode" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:Mode, The "Mode" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:PermHwAddress, The "PermHwAddress" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:WirelessCapabilities, The "WirelessCapabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless:WirelessCapabilities, The "WirelessCapabilities" property
-
dhcp-anycast-address, 802-11-olpc-mesh +
dhcp-anycast-address, 802-11-olpc-mesh
-
dhcp-client-id, ipv4 +
dhcp-client-id, ipv4
-
dhcp-fqdn, ipv4 +
dhcp-fqdn, ipv4
-
dhcp-hostname, ipv4, ipv6 +
dhcp-hostname, ipv4, ipv6
-
dhcp-send-hostname, ipv4, ipv6 +
dhcp-send-hostname, ipv4, ipv6
-
dhcp-timeout, ipv4, ipv6 +
dhcp-timeout, ipv4, ipv6
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config:Options, The "Options" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP4Config:Options, The "Options" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options, The "Options" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DHCP6Config:Options, The "Options" property
-
dns, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns, ipv4, ipv6
-
dns-options, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns-options, ipv4, ipv6
-
dns-priority, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns-priority, ipv4, ipv6
-
dns-search, ipv4, ipv6 +
dns-search, ipv4, ipv6
-
domain-suffix-match, 802-1x +
domain-suffix-match, 802-1x
-
duplex, 802-3-ethernet +
duplex, 802-3-ethernet

E

-
eap, 802-1x +
eap, 802-1x
-
egress-priority-map, vlan +
egress-priority-map, vlan
-
encapsulation, adsl +
encapsulation, adsl
-
encapsulation-limit, ip-tunnel +
encapsulation-limit, ip-tunnel
-
encrypt, macsec +
encrypt, macsec

F

-
flags, vlan +
fail-mode, ovs-bridge
-
flow-label, ip-tunnel +
flags, vlan
-
forward-delay, bridge +
flow-label, ip-tunnel +
+
forward-delay, bridge

G

-
gateway, ipv4, ipv6 +
gateway, ipv4, ipv6 +
+
gateway-ping-timeout, connection
-
gateway-ping-timeout, connection +
generate-mac-address-mask, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless
-
generate-mac-address-mask, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
group, tun, 802-11-wireless-security
-
group, tun, 802-11-wireless-security +
group-forward-mask, bridge

H

-
hairpin-mode, bridge-port +
hairpin-mode, bridge-port
-
hello-time, bridge +
hello-time, bridge
-
hidden, 802-11-wireless +
hidden, 802-11-wireless
-
home-only, gsm +
home-only, gsm

I

-
id, connection, vlan, vxlan +
id, connection, vlan, vxlan
-
identity, 802-1x +
identity, 802-1x
-
ignore-auto-dns, ipv4, ipv6 +
ignore-auto-dns, ipv4, ipv6
-
ignore-auto-routes, ipv4, ipv6 +
ignore-auto-routes, ipv4, ipv6
-
ingress-priority-map, vlan +
ingress-priority-map, vlan
-
input-key, ip-tunnel +
input-key, ip-tunnel
-
interface-name, connection, bond, bridge, team, vlan +
interface-name, connection, bond, bridge, team, vlan
-
ip6-privacy, ipv6 +
ip6-privacy, ipv6

K

-
key-mgmt, 802-11-wireless-security +
key-mgmt, 802-11-wireless-security

L

-
l2-miss, vxlan +
l2-miss, vxlan +
+
l3-miss, vxlan
-
l3-miss, vxlan +
lacp, ovs-port
-
lcp-echo-failure, ppp +
lcp-echo-failure, ppp
-
lcp-echo-interval, ppp +
lcp-echo-interval, ppp
-
leap-password, 802-11-wireless-security +
leap-password, 802-11-wireless-security
-
leap-password-flags, 802-11-wireless-security +
leap-password-flags, 802-11-wireless-security
-
leap-username, 802-11-wireless-security +
leap-username, 802-11-wireless-security
-
learning, vxlan +
learning, vxlan
-
limit, vxlan +
limit, vxlan
-
lldp, connection +
lldp, connection
-
local, ip-tunnel, vxlan +
local, ip-tunnel, vxlan

M

-
mac-address, bridge, infiniband, wimax, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
mac-address, bridge, infiniband, wimax, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
mac-address-blacklist, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
+
mac-address-randomization, 802-11-wireless
-
mac-address-blacklist, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager
-
mac-address-randomization, 802-11-wireless +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.ActivateConnection(), The ActivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection(), The AddAndActivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.ActivateConnection(), The ActivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckConnectivity(), The CheckConnectivity() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AddAndActivateConnection(), The AddAndActivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointCreate(), The CheckpointCreate() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckConnectivity(), The CheckConnectivity() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointDestroy(), The CheckpointDestroy() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointCreate(), The CheckpointCreate() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointRollback(), The CheckpointRollback() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointDestroy(), The CheckpointDestroy() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DeactivateConnection(), The DeactivateConnection() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.CheckpointRollback(), The CheckpointRollback() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Enable(), The Enable() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.DeactivateConnection(), The DeactivateConnection() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetAllDevices(), The GetAllDevices() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Enable(), The Enable() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDeviceByIpIface(), The GetDeviceByIpIface() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetAllDevices(), The GetAllDevices() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDevices(), The GetDevices() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDeviceByIpIface(), The GetDeviceByIpIface() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetLogging(), The GetLogging() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetDevices(), The GetDevices() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetPermissions(), The GetPermissions() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetLogging(), The GetLogging() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Reload(), The Reload() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.GetPermissions(), The GetPermissions() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SetLogging(), The SetLogging() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Reload(), The Reload() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Sleep(), The Sleep() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SetLogging(), The SetLogging() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.state(), The state() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Sleep(), The Sleep() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::CheckPermissions, The "CheckPermissions" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.state(), The state() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceAdded, The "DeviceAdded" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::CheckPermissions, The "CheckPermissions" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceRemoved, The "DeviceRemoved" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceAdded, The "DeviceAdded" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::DeviceRemoved, The "DeviceRemoved" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActivatingConnection, The "ActivatingConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActiveConnections, The "ActiveConnections" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActivatingConnection, The "ActivatingConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:AllDevices, The "AllDevices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ActiveConnections, The "ActiveConnections" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:AllDevices, The "AllDevices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Connectivity, The "Connectivity" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Capabilities, The "Capabilities" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ConnectivityCheckAvailable, The "ConnectivityCheckAvailable" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Connectivity, The "Connectivity" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:ConnectivityCheckEnabled, The "ConnectivityCheckEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Devices, The "Devices" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Devices, The "Devices" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration, The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:GlobalDnsConfiguration, The "GlobalDnsConfiguration" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Metered, The "Metered" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Metered, The "Metered" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:NetworkingEnabled, The "NetworkingEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:NetworkingEnabled, The "NetworkingEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnection, The "PrimaryConnection" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnection, The "PrimaryConnection" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnectionType, The "PrimaryConnectionType" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:PrimaryConnectionType, The "PrimaryConnectionType" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Startup, The "Startup" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Startup, The "Startup" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:State, The "State" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Version, The "Version" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:Version, The "Version" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxEnabled, The "WimaxEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxEnabled, The "WimaxEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxHardwareEnabled, The "WimaxHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WimaxHardwareEnabled, The "WimaxHardwareEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessEnabled, The "WirelessEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessEnabled, The "WirelessEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessHardwareEnabled, The "WirelessHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WirelessHardwareEnabled, The "WirelessHardwareEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanEnabled, The "WwanEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanEnabled, The "WwanEnabled" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled, The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager:WwanHardwareEnabled, The "WwanHardwareEnabled" property
-
master, connection +
master, connection
-
max-age, bridge +
max-age, bridge
-
may-fail, ipv4, ipv6 +
may-fail, ipv4, ipv6
-
metered, connection +
mcast-snooping-enable, ovs-bridge
-
method, ipv4, ipv6, proxy +
metered, connection
-
mka-cak, macsec +
method, ipv4, ipv6, proxy
-
mka-cak-flags, macsec +
mka-cak, macsec
-
mka-ckn, macsec +
mka-cak-flags, macsec
-
mode, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, tun, 802-11-wireless +
mka-ckn, macsec
-
mppe-stateful, ppp +
mode, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, tun, 802-11-wireless
-
mru, ppp +
mppe-stateful, ppp
-
mtu, cdma, gsm, infiniband, ip-tunnel, ppp, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless +
mru, ppp
-
multi-queue, tun +
mtu, cdma, gsm, infiniband, ip-tunnel, ppp, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless
-
multicast-snooping, bridge +
multi-queue, tun +
+
multicast-snooping, bridge

N

-
name, connection, 802-1x, adsl, bluetooth, bond, bridge, bridge-port, cdma, dcb, dummy, generic, gsm, infiniband, ipv4, ipv6, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, 802-11-olpc-mesh, ppp, pppoe, proxy, serial, team, team-port, tun, user, vlan, vpn, vxlan, wimax, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless, 802-11-wireless-security +
name, connection, 802-1x, adsl, bluetooth, bond, bridge, bridge-port, cdma, dcb, dummy, generic, gsm, infiniband, ipv4, ipv6, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, 802-11-olpc-mesh, ovs-bridge, ovs-interface, ovs-patch, ovs-port, ppp, pppoe, proxy, serial, team, team-port, tun, user, vlan, vpn, vxlan, wimax, 802-3-ethernet, 802-11-wireless, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
network-id, gsm
-
network-id, gsm +
network-name, wimax
-
network-name, wimax +
never-default, ipv4, ipv6
-
never-default, ipv4, ipv6 +
NM80211ApFlags, enum NM80211ApFlags
-
NM80211ApFlags, enum NM80211ApFlags +
NM80211ApSecurityFlags, enum NM80211ApSecurityFlags
-
NM80211ApSecurityFlags, enum NM80211ApSecurityFlags +
NM80211Mode, enum NM80211Mode
-
NM80211Mode, enum NM80211Mode +
NMActivationStateFlags, enum NMActivationStateFlags
-
NMActiveConnectionState, enum NMActiveConnectionState +
NMActiveConnectionState, enum NMActiveConnectionState
-
NMActiveConnectionStateReason, enum NMActiveConnectionStateReason +
NMActiveConnectionStateReason, enum NMActiveConnectionStateReason
-
NMBluetoothCapabilities, enum NMBluetoothCapabilities +
NMBluetoothCapabilities, enum NMBluetoothCapabilities
-
NMCapability, enum NMCapability +
NMCapability, enum NMCapability
-
NMCheckpointCreateFlags, enum NMCheckpointCreateFlags +
NMCheckpointCreateFlags, enum NMCheckpointCreateFlags
-
NMConnectivityState, enum NMConnectivityState +
NMConnectivityState, enum NMConnectivityState
-
NMDeviceCapabilities, enum NMDeviceCapabilities +
NMDeviceCapabilities, enum NMDeviceCapabilities
-
NMDeviceModemCapabilities, enum NMDeviceModemCapabilities +
NMDeviceModemCapabilities, enum NMDeviceModemCapabilities
-
NMDeviceState, enum NMDeviceState +
NMDeviceState, enum NMDeviceState
-
NMDeviceStateReason, enum NMDeviceStateReason +
NMDeviceStateReason, enum NMDeviceStateReason
-
NMDeviceType, enum NMDeviceType +
NMDeviceType, enum NMDeviceType
-
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities, enum NMDeviceWifiCapabilities +
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities, enum NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
-
NMIPTunnelMode, enum NMIPTunnelMode +
NMIPTunnelMode, enum NMIPTunnelMode
-
NMMetered, enum NMMetered +
NMMetered, enum NMMetered
-
NMRollbackResult, enum NMRollbackResult +
NMRollbackResult, enum NMRollbackResult
-
NMSecretAgentCapabilities, enum NMSecretAgentCapabilities +
NMSecretAgentCapabilities, enum NMSecretAgentCapabilities
-
NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags, enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags +
NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags, enum NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags
-
NMState, enum NMState +
NMState, enum NMState
-
NMVpnConnectionState, enum NMVpnConnectionState +
NMVpnConnectionState, enum NMVpnConnectionState
-
NMVpnConnectionStateReason, enum NMVpnConnectionStateReason +
NMVpnConnectionStateReason, enum NMVpnConnectionStateReason
-
NMVpnPluginFailure, enum NMVpnPluginFailure +
NMVpnPluginFailure, enum NMVpnPluginFailure
-
NMVpnServiceState, enum NMVpnServiceState +
NMVpnServiceState, enum NMVpnServiceState
-
NMWimaxNspNetworkType, enum NMWimaxNspNetworkType +
NMWimaxNspNetworkType, enum NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-
no-vj-comp, ppp +
no-vj-comp, ppp
-
noauth, ppp +
noauth, ppp
-
nobsdcomp, ppp +
nobsdcomp, ppp
-
nodeflate, ppp +
nodeflate, ppp
-
number, cdma, gsm +
number, cdma, gsm

O

-
options, bond +
options, bond
-
output-key, ip-tunnel +
output-key, ip-tunnel
-
owner, tun +
owner, tun

P

-
p-key, infiniband +
p-key, infiniband +
+
pac-file, 802-1x
-
pac-file, 802-1x +
pac-script, proxy
-
pac-script, proxy +
pac-url, proxy
-
pac-url, proxy +
pairwise, 802-11-wireless-security
-
pairwise, 802-11-wireless-security +
parent, infiniband, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, pppoe, vlan, vxlan
-
parent, infiniband, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, vlan, vxlan +
parity, serial
-
parity, serial +
password, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe
-
password, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
password-flags, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe
-
password-flags, 802-1x, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
password-raw, 802-1x
-
password-raw, 802-1x +
password-raw-flags, 802-1x
-
password-raw-flags, 802-1x +
path-cost, bridge-port
-
path-cost, bridge-port +
path-mtu-discovery, ip-tunnel
-
path-mtu-discovery, ip-tunnel +
peer, ovs-patch
-
permissions, connection +
permissions, connection
-
persistent, vpn +
persistent, vpn
-
phase1-auth-flags, 802-1x +
phase1-auth-flags, 802-1x
-
phase1-fast-provisioning, 802-1x +
phase1-fast-provisioning, 802-1x
-
phase1-peaplabel, 802-1x +
phase1-peaplabel, 802-1x
-
phase1-peapver, 802-1x +
phase1-peapver, 802-1x
-
phase2-altsubject-matches, 802-1x +
phase2-altsubject-matches, 802-1x
-
phase2-auth, 802-1x +
phase2-auth, 802-1x
-
phase2-autheap, 802-1x +
phase2-autheap, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-cert, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-cert, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-cert-password, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-cert-password, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
phase2-ca-path, 802-1x +
phase2-ca-path, 802-1x
-
phase2-client-cert, 802-1x +
phase2-client-cert, 802-1x
-
phase2-client-cert-password, 802-1x +
phase2-client-cert-password, 802-1x
-
phase2-client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x +
phase2-client-cert-password-flags, 802-1x
-
phase2-domain-suffix-match, 802-1x +
phase2-domain-suffix-match, 802-1x
-
phase2-private-key, 802-1x +
phase2-private-key, 802-1x
-
phase2-private-key-password, 802-1x +
phase2-private-key-password, 802-1x
-
phase2-private-key-password-flags, 802-1x +
phase2-private-key-password-flags, 802-1x
-
phase2-subject-match, 802-1x +
phase2-subject-match, 802-1x
-
pi, tun +
pi, tun
-
pin, 802-1x, gsm +
pin, 802-1x, gsm
-
pin-flags, 802-1x, gsm +
pin-flags, 802-1x, gsm
-
port, macsec, 802-3-ethernet +
pmf, 802-11-wireless-security
-
powersave, 802-11-wireless +
port, macsec, 802-3-ethernet
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP +
powersave, 802-11-wireless
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetState(), The SetState() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method
-
priority, bridge, bridge-port +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.PPP.SetState(), The SetState() method
-
priority-bandwidth, dcb +
priority, bridge, bridge-port
-
priority-flow-control, dcb +
priority-bandwidth, dcb
-
priority-flow-control-flags, dcb +
priority-flow-control, dcb
-
priority-group-bandwidth, dcb +
priority-flow-control-flags, dcb
-
priority-group-flags, dcb +
priority-group-bandwidth, dcb
-
priority-group-id, dcb +
priority-group-flags, dcb
-
priority-strict-bandwidth, dcb +
priority-group-id, dcb
-
priority-traffic-class, dcb +
priority-strict-bandwidth, dcb
-
private-key, 802-1x +
priority-traffic-class, dcb
-
private-key-password, 802-1x +
private-key, 802-1x
-
private-key-password-flags, 802-1x +
private-key-password, 802-1x
-
promiscuous, macvlan +
private-key-password-flags, 802-1x
-
proto, 802-11-wireless-security +
promiscuous, macvlan
-
protocol, adsl +
proto, 802-11-wireless-security
-
proxy, vxlan +
protocol, adsl
-
psk, 802-11-wireless-security +
proxy, vxlan
-
psk-flags, 802-11-wireless-security +
psk, 802-11-wireless-security +
+
psk-flags, 802-11-wireless-security

R

-
rate, 802-11-wireless +
rate, 802-11-wireless +
+
read-only, connection
-
read-only, connection +
refuse-chap, ppp
-
refuse-chap, ppp +
refuse-eap, ppp
-
refuse-eap, ppp +
refuse-mschap, ppp
-
refuse-mschap, ppp +
refuse-mschapv2, ppp
-
refuse-mschapv2, ppp +
refuse-pap, ppp
-
refuse-pap, ppp +
remote, ip-tunnel, vxlan
-
remote, ip-tunnel, vxlan +
require-mppe, ppp
-
require-mppe, ppp +
require-mppe-128, ppp
-
require-mppe-128, ppp +
route-data, ipv4, ipv6
-
route-data, ipv4, ipv6 +
route-metric, ipv4, ipv6
-
route-metric, ipv4, ipv6 +
route-table, ipv4, ipv6
-
routes, ipv4, ipv6 +
routes, ipv4, ipv6
-
rsc, vxlan +
rsc, vxlan +
+
rstp-enable, ovs-bridge

S

-
s390-nettype, 802-3-ethernet +
s390-nettype, 802-3-ethernet +
+
s390-options, 802-3-ethernet
-
s390-options, 802-3-ethernet +
s390-subchannels, 802-3-ethernet
-
s390-subchannels, 802-3-ethernet +
secondaries, connection
-
secondaries, connection +
secrets, vpn
-
secrets, vpn +
security, 802-11-wireless
-
security, 802-11-wireless +
seen-bssids, 802-11-wireless
-
seen-bssids, 802-11-wireless +
send-delay, serial
-
send-delay, serial +
service, pppoe
-
service, pppoe +
service-type, vpn
-
service-type, vpn +
sim-id, gsm
-
sim-id, gsm +
sim-operator-id, gsm
-
sim-operator-id, gsm +
slave-type, connection
-
slave-type, connection +
source-port-max, vxlan
-
source-port-max, vxlan +
source-port-min, vxlan
-
source-port-min, vxlan +
speed, 802-3-ethernet
-
speed, 802-3-ethernet +
ssid, 802-11-olpc-mesh, 802-11-wireless
-
ssid, 802-11-olpc-mesh, 802-11-wireless +
stable-id, connection
-
stable-id, connection +
stopbits, serial
-
stopbits, serial +
stp, bridge
-
stp, bridge +
stp-enable, ovs-bridge
-
subject-match, 802-1x +
subject-match, 802-1x
-
system-ca-certs, 802-1x +
system-ca-certs, 802-1x

T

-
tap, macvlan +
tag, ovs-port +
+
tap, macvlan
-
timeout, vpn +
timeout, vpn
-
timestamp, connection +
timestamp, connection
-
token, ipv6 +
token, ipv6
-
tos, ip-tunnel, vxlan +
tos, ip-tunnel, vxlan
-
transport-mode, infiniband +
transport-mode, infiniband
-
ttl, ip-tunnel, vxlan +
ttl, ip-tunnel, vxlan
-
tx-power, 802-11-wireless +
tx-power, 802-11-wireless
-
type, connection, bluetooth +
type, connection, bluetooth, ovs-interface

U

-
user-name, vpn +
user-name, vpn
-
username, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe +
username, adsl, cdma, gsm, pppoe
-
uuid, connection +
uuid, connection

V

-
validation, macsec +
validation, macsec
-
vci, adsl +
vci, adsl
-
vnet-hdr, tun +
vlan-mode, ovs-port
-
vpi, adsl +
vnet-hdr, tun
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection +
vpi, adsl
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::VpnStateChanged, The "VpnStateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::PropertiesChanged, The "PropertiesChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:Banner, The "Banner" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection::VpnStateChanged, The "VpnStateChanged" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:VpnState, The "VpnState" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:Banner, The "Banner" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Connection:VpnState, The "VpnState" property
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Connect(), The Connect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin, org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.ConnectInteractive(), The ConnectInteractive() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Connect(), The Connect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.ConnectInteractive(), The ConnectInteractive() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.Disconnect(), The Disconnect() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NewSecrets(), The NewSecrets() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NeedSecrets(), The NeedSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetConfig(), The SetConfig() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.NewSecrets(), The NewSecrets() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetFailure(), The SetFailure() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetConfig(), The SetConfig() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetFailure(), The SetFailure() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp4Config(), The SetIp4Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Config, The "Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin.SetIp6Config(), The SetIp6Config() method
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Failure, The "Failure" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Config, The "Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Failure, The "Failure" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip4Config, The "Ip4Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::LoginBanner, The "LoginBanner" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::Ip6Config, The "Ip6Config" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::SecretsRequired, The "SecretsRequired" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::LoginBanner, The "LoginBanner" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::SecretsRequired, The "SecretsRequired" signal
-
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin:State, The "State" property +
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin::StateChanged, The "StateChanged" signal +
+
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.VPN.Plugin:State, The "State" property

W

-
wake-on-lan, 802-3-ethernet +
wake-on-lan, 802-3-ethernet +
+
wake-on-lan-password, 802-3-ethernet
-
wake-on-lan-password, 802-3-ethernet +
wep-key-flags, 802-11-wireless-security
-
wep-key-flags, 802-11-wireless-security +
wep-key-type, 802-11-wireless-security
-
wep-key-type, 802-11-wireless-security +
wep-key0, 802-11-wireless-security
-
wep-key0, 802-11-wireless-security +
wep-key1, 802-11-wireless-security
-
wep-key1, 802-11-wireless-security +
wep-key2, 802-11-wireless-security
-
wep-key2, 802-11-wireless-security +
wep-key3, 802-11-wireless-security
-
wep-key3, 802-11-wireless-security +
wep-tx-keyidx, 802-11-wireless-security
-
wep-tx-keyidx, 802-11-wireless-security +
wps-method, 802-11-wireless-security

Z

-
zone, connection +
zone, connection
diff --git a/docs/api/html/manpages.html b/docs/api/html/manpages.html index 1de5191f..ab906e27 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/manpages.html +++ b/docs/api/html/manpages.html @@ -52,6 +52,9 @@
nm-online — ask NetworkManager whether the network is connected
+
+nm-openvswitch — overview of NetworkManager OpenVSwitch support +
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html index b0100dc9..a022e8fc 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-dbus-types.html @@ -652,6 +652,66 @@   + + +

NM_DEVICE_TYPE_PPP

+

+ + +

= 23

+

+ + +

a PPP interface

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_TYPE_OVS_INTERFACE

+

+ + +

= 24

+

+ + +

a OpenVSwitch interface

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_TYPE_OVS_PORT

+

+ + +

= 25

+

+ + +

a OpenVSwitch port

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_DEVICE_TYPE_OVS_BRIDGE

+

+ + +

= 26

+

+ + +

a OpenVSwitch bridge

+

+ +  + @@ -994,6 +1054,51 @@   + + +

NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS_WPS

+

+ + +

= 0x00000002

+

+ + +

access point supports some WPS method

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS_WPS_PBC

+

+ + +

= 0x00000004

+

+ + +

access point supports push-button WPS

+

+ +  + + + +

NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS_WPS_PIN

+

+ + +

= 0x00000008

+

+ + +

access point supports PIN-based WPS

+

+ +  + @@ -2671,6 +2776,21 @@   + + +

NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_OVSDB_FAILED

+

+ + +

= 63

+

+ + +

problem communicating with OpenVSwitch database

+

+ +  + @@ -3185,6 +3305,21 @@ +

NM_SECRET_AGENT_GET_SECRETS_FLAG_WPS_PBC_ACTIVE

+

+ + +

= 0x8

+

+ + +

indicates that WPS enrollment is active with PBC method. The agent may suggest that the user pushes a button on the router instead of supplying a PSK.

+

+ +  + + +

NM_SECRET_AGENT_GET_SECRETS_FLAG_ONLY_SYSTEM

@@ -3596,6 +3731,131 @@ +
+
+

enum NMActivationStateFlags

+

Flags describing the current activation state.

+

Since: 1.10

+

+
+

Values

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+

NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_NONE

+

+		 +

= 0

+

+		 +

an alias for numeric zero, no flags set.

+

+		 
+

NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IS_MASTER

+

+		 +

= (1LL

+

+		 +

the device is a master.

+

+		 
+

NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IS_SLAVE

+

+		 +

= (1LL

+

+		 +

the device is a slave.

+

+		 
+

NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_LAYER2_READY

+

+		 +

= (1LL

+

+		 +

layer2 is activated and ready.

+

+		 
+

NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IP4_READY

+

+		 +

= (1LL

+

+		 +

IPv4 setting is completed.

+

+		 
+

NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IP6_READY

+

+		 +

= (1LL

+

+		 +

IPv6 setting is completed.

+

+		 
+

NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_MASTER_HAS_SLAVES

+

+		 +

= (1LL

+

+		 +

The master has any slave devices attached. This only makes sense if the device is a master.

+

+		 
+
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-online.html b/docs/api/html/nm-online.html index 5e401393..b56ae48c 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-online.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-online.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - + @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Home Up Prev -Next +Next
diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-openvswitch.html b/docs/api/html/nm-openvswitch.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..202057cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-openvswitch.html @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ + + + + +nm-openvswitch: NetworkManager Reference Manual + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
+ + +
+

nm-openvswitch

+

nm-openvswitch — overview of NetworkManager OpenVSwitch support

+
+
+

Overview

+

NetworkManager includes basic OpenVSwitch support, good enough + to be capable of setting up simple OpenVSwitch configurations. It is not + extensive and does not expose all functionality of OpenVSwitch provides. + For large or complicated deployments users are advised to use native tools + shipped with OpenVSwitch. This document seeks to provide overview of + functionality currently provided by NetworkManager, its capabilities and + limitations.

+

First and foremost: NetworkManager applies the configuration by + modifying the OVSDB directly. Its configuration model follows the OVSDB + database model closely and it does not provide the level of abstraction + ovs-vsctl provides.

+

In practical terms it means the following: +

+
    +

  • NetworkManager only ever talks to a single OVSDB instance via an + UNIX domain socket.

    • +

  • The configuration is made up of Bridges, Ports and + Interfaces. Interfaces are always enslaved to Ports, and Ports are always + enslaved to Bridges.

    • +

  • NetworkManager only creates Bridges, Ports and Interfaces + you ask it to. Unlike ovs-vsctl, it doesn't create the + local interface nor its port automatically.

    • +

  • You can't enslave Interface directly to a Bridge. You + always need a Port, even if it has just one interface.

    • +

  • There are no VLANs. The VLAN tagging is enabled by setting a + ovs-port.tag + property on a Port.

    • +

  • There are no bonds either. The bonding is enabled by + enslaving multiple Interfaces to a Port and configured by setting + properties on a port.

    • +
+

+

+
+

Bridges

+

Bridges are represented by connections of ovs-bridge + type. + Due to the limitations of OVSDB, "empty" Bridges (with no Ports) can't exist. + NetworkManager inserts the records for Bridges into OVSDB when a Port is + enslaved. +

+
+
+
+

Ports

+

Ports are represented by connections of ovs-port + type. + Due to the limitations of OVSDB, "empty" Ports (with no Interfaces) can't + exist. Ports can also be configured to do VLAN tagging or Bonding. + NetworkManager inserts the records for Ports into OVSDB when an Interface is + enslaved. Ports must be enslaved to a Bridge.

+
+
+
+

Interfaces

+

Interfaces are represented by a connections enslaved to a Port. The + system interfaces (that have a corresponding Linux link) have a respective + connection.type + of the link (e.g. "wired", "bond", "dummy", etc.). Other interfaces ("internal" + or "patch" interfaces) are of ovs-interface type. The OVSDB entries are + inserted upon enslavement to a Port.

+
+
+
+

Examples

+
+

Example 14. Creating a Bridge with a single internal Interface

+
+
$ nmcli conn add conn.type ovs-bridge conn.interface bridge0
+Connection 'ovs-bridge-bridge0' (d10fc64d-1d48-4394-a1b8-e1aea72f27d5) successfully added.
+$ nmcli conn add conn.type ovs-port conn.interface port0 conn.master bridge0
+Connection 'ovs-port-port0' (5ae22bae-bba4-4815-9ade-7e635633e1f0) successfully added.
+$ nmcli conn add conn.type ovs-interface conn.interface iface0 conn.master port0 \
+  ipv4.method manual ipv4.address 192.0.2.1/24
+Connection 'ovs-interface-iface0' (3640d2a1-a2fd-4718-92f1-cffadb5b6cdc) successfully added.
+
+

As said above, you need to create a Port even for a single interface. + Also, before you add the Interface, the Bridge and Port devices appear active, + but are not configured in OVSDB yet. You can inspect the results with + ovs-vsctl show.

+
+
+
+

Example 15. Adding a Linux interface to a Bridge

+
+
$ nmcli conn add conn.type ovs-port conn.interface port1 conn.master bridge0
+Connection 'ovs-port-port1' (67d041eb-8e7b-4458-afee-a1d07c9c4552) successfully added.
+$ nmcli conn add conn.type ethernet conn.interface eth0 conn.master port1
+Connection 'ovs-slave-eth0' (d459c45c-cf78-4c1c-b4b7-505e71379624) successfully added.
+
+

Again, you need a port.

+
+
+
+

Example 16. Creating a VLAN

+
+
$ nmcli conn add conn.type ovs-port conn.interface port2 conn.master bridge0 ovs-port.tag 120
+Connection 'ovs-port-port2' (3994c093-4ef7-4549-a4fd-627b831c3cb8) successfully added.
+$ nmcli conn add conn.type ethernet conn.interface eth1 conn.master port2
+Connection 'ovs-slave-eth1' (099be06e-71ad-484d-8d5a-fcadc5f207f5) successfully added.
+
+

It's just a port with a tag.

+
+
+
+

Example 17. Creating a Bond

+
+
$ nmcli conn add conn.type ovs-port conn.interface bond0 conn.master bridge0
+Connection 'ovs-port-bond0' (d154ebf9-e999-4e1b-a084-a3de53d25d8a) successfully added.
+$ nmcli conn add conn.type ethernet conn.interface eth2 conn.master bond0
+Connection 'ovs-slave-eth2' (475ac1bf-30b2-4534-a877-27f33f58b082) successfully added.
+$ nmcli conn add conn.type ethernet conn.interface eth3 conn.master bond0
+Connection 'ovs-slave-eth3' (8dedeecb-ed12-482b-b77a-24a4fb835136) successfully added.
+
+

It's just a Port with multiple interfaces. See nm-settings manual for + Bonding options you can use with "nmcli c add" or "nmcli c modify". You could + even set a VLAN tag on the same Port to do VLAN tagging and bonding at the same + time.

+
+
+
+
+
+

Bugs

+
    +

  • Not all OpenVSwitch capabilities are supported.

    • +

  • OpenVSwitch devices don't expose many useful properties on D-Bus.

    • +
+

Probably many more.

+
+
+

See Also

+

+ RFC 7047: The Open vSwitch Database Management Protocol, + ovs-vsctl(8), + ovs-vswitchd.conf.db(5), + nm-settings(5), + nmcli(1) +

+
+
+
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html index 97cf944a..8c6484d7 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-ifcfg-rh.html @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ DEVICETYPE=TeamPort are NetworkManager specific extensions not understood by traditional initscripts.

-

Table 33. 802-1x setting

+

Table 34. 802-1x setting

@@ -462,9 +462,12 @@ Example: IEEE_8021X_INNER_CLIENT_CERT=/home/joe/mycert.crt - + - + @@ -545,7 +548,7 @@ Example: IEEE_8021X_PRIVATE_KEY=/home/joe/mykey.p12
password-raw(none)IEEE_8021X_PASSWORD_RAW(+) +  The property is not handled by ifcfg-rh plugin.password used for EAP, encoded as a hexadecimal string. It can also go to "key-" lookaside file. + +Example: IEEE_8021X_PASSWORD_RAW=041c8320083aa4bf
password-raw-flags

-

Table 34. bond setting

+

Table 35. bond setting

@@ -570,7 +573,7 @@ Example: BONDING_OPTS="miimon=100 mode=broadcast"

-

Table 35. bridge-port setting

+

Table 36. bridge-port setting

@@ -611,7 +614,7 @@ Allowed values: 1 - 65535

-

Table 36. bridge setting

+

Table 37. bridge setting

@@ -691,7 +694,7 @@ Allowed values: 0 or 1

-

Table 37. connection setting

+

Table 38. connection setting

@@ -846,11 +849,18 @@ Example: LLDP=no Allowed values: boolean value or 'rx' + + + + + +
auth-retriesAUTH_RETRIES(+) +0Number of retries for authentication.

-

Table 38. dcb setting

+

Table 39. dcb setting

@@ -985,25 +995,7 @@ Example: DCB_PG_UP2TC=01623701 used explicitly to enable DCB so that the rest of the DCB_* variables can apply.

-

Table 39. dummy setting

-
------ - - - - - - - -
PropertyIfcfg-rh VariableDefaultDescription
-
-
-

Table 40. infiniband setting

+

Table 40. infiniband setting

@@ -1058,7 +1050,7 @@ Example: PHYSDEV=ib0

-

Table 41. ipv4 setting

+

Table 41. ipv4 setting

@@ -1164,6 +1156,13 @@ Example: GATEWAY=10.5.5.1 + + + + + + @@ -1210,7 +1209,7 @@ Example: DHCP_FQDN=foo.bar.com
IPV4_ROUTE_METRIC is the default IPv4 metric for routes on this connection. If set to -1, a default metric based on the device type is used.
route-tableIPV4_ROUTE_TABLE(+) +0IPV4_ROUTE_TABLE enables policy-routing and sets the default routing table.
dns-priority IPV4_DNS_PRIORITY(+)

-

Table 42. ipv6 setting

+

Table 42. ipv6 setting

@@ -1306,6 +1305,13 @@ Example: IPV6_DEFAULTGW=abbe::1 + + + + + + @@ -1347,8 +1353,8 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53
IPV6_ROUTE_METRIC is the default IPv6 metric for routes on this connection. If set to -1, a default metric based on the device type is used.
route-tableIPV6_ROUTE_TABLE(+) +0IPV6_ROUTE_TABLE enables policy-routing and sets the default routing table.
dns-priority IPV6_DNS_PRIORITY(+)

-

Table 43. macsec setting

-
+

Table 43. ovs-bridge setting

+
@@ -1365,7 +1371,61 @@ Example: IPV6_TOKEN=::53

-

Table 44. proxy setting

+

Table 44. ovs-interface setting

+
++++++ + + + + + + + +
PropertyIfcfg-rh VariableDefaultDescription
+
+
+

Table 45. ovs-patch setting

+
++++++ + + + + + + + +
PropertyIfcfg-rh VariableDefaultDescription
+
+
+

Table 46. ovs-port setting

+
++++++ + + + + + + + +
PropertyIfcfg-rh VariableDefaultDescription
+
+
+

Table 47. proxy setting

@@ -1418,7 +1478,7 @@ Example: PAC_SCRIPT=/home/joe/proxy.pac

-

Table 45. team-port setting

+

Table 48. team-port setting

@@ -1441,7 +1501,7 @@ Example: PAC_SCRIPT=/home/joe/proxy.pac

-

Table 46. team setting

+

Table 49. team setting

@@ -1464,7 +1524,7 @@ Example: PAC_SCRIPT=/home/joe/proxy.pac

-

Table 47. user setting

+

Table 50. user setting

@@ -1478,11 +1538,81 @@ Example: PAC_SCRIPT=/home/joe/proxy.pac - + + + + + + +
Default Description
dataNM_USER_* each key/value pair is stored as a separate variable with name composed by concatenating NM_USER_ with the encoded key. The key is encoded by substituting lowercase letters with uppercase and prepending uppercase letters with an underscore. A dot is encoded as a double underscore. Remaining characters are encoded as underscore followed by a 3 digit octal representation of the character. + +Example: NM_USER_FOO__BAR=something
+
+
+

Table 51. vlan setting

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
PropertyIfcfg-rh VariableDefaultDescription
parentDEVICE or PHYSDEV Parent interface of the VLAN.
idVLAN_ID or DEVICE VLAN identifier.
flagsGVRP, MVRP, VLAN_FLAGS VLAN flags. + +Allowed values: "yes or "no" for GVRP and MVRP; "LOOSE_BINDING" and "NO_REORDER_HDR" for VLAN_FLAGS
ingress-priority-mapVLAN_INGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP Ingress priority mapping. + +Example: VLAN_INGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP=4:2,3:5
egress-priority-mapVLAN_EGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP Egress priority mapping. + +Example: VLAN_EGRESS_PRIORITY_MAP=5:4,4:1,3:7
interface-namePHYSDEV and VLAN_ID, or DEVICE VLAN interface name. If all variables are set, parent device from PHYSDEV takes precedence over DEVICE, but VLAN id from DEVICE takes precedence over VLAN_ID. + +Example: PHYSDEV=eth0, VLAN_ID=12; or DEVICE=eth0.12

-

Table 48. 802-3-ethernet setting

+

Table 52. 802-3-ethernet setting

@@ -1583,7 +1713,7 @@ Allowed values: "qeth", "lcs" or "ctc"

-

Table 49. 802-11-wireless-security setting

+

Table 53. 802-11-wireless-security setting

@@ -1652,6 +1782,17 @@ Allowed values: CCMP, TKIP Allowed values: CCMP, TKIP, WEP40, WEP104 + + + + + + @@ -1731,11 +1872,19 @@ Example: WPA_PSK_FLAGS=user Example: KEY1=s:ahoj, KEY1=0a1c45bc02, KEY_PASSPHRASE1=mysupersecretkey + + + + + +
pmfPMF(+) + Enables or disables PMF (802.11w) + +Example: PMF=required + +Allowed values: default, disable, optional, required
leap-username IEEE_8021X_IDENTITY(+)
wps-methodWPS_METHOD Used to control the WPS methods to be used Valid values are "default", "auto", "disabled", "pin" and "pbc". If omitted, whatver the AP announces is used. + +Example: WPS_METHOD=disabled, WPS_METHOD="pin pbc"

-

Table 50. 802-11-wireless setting

+

Table 54. 802-11-wireless setting

@@ -1883,7 +2032,7 @@ Allowed values: default, never, always

The following settings are not supported by ifcfg-rh plugin:

-

adsl, bluetooth, ppp, pppoe, serial, generic, gsm, cdma, 802-11-olpc-mesh, wimax, vpn, macvlan, vxlan, tun, ip-tunnel

+

802-11-olpc-mesh, adsl, bluetooth, cdma, dummy, generic, gsm, ip-tunnel, macsec, macvlan, ppp, pppoe, serial, tun, vpn, vxlan, wimax

Secret flags

diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html index 7e26f8d6..92b35039 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings-keyfile.html @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ id=4 802-11-wireless-security = wifi-security

-

Table 25. bridge setting (section)

+

Table 26. bridge setting (section)

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Example: mac-address=00:22:68:12:79:A2 mac-address=0;34;104;18;1

-

Table 26. infiniband setting (section)

+

Table 27. infiniband setting (section)

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Example: mac-address= 80:00:00:6d:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:02:

-

Table 27. ipv4 setting (section)

+

Table 28. ipv4 setting (section)

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Example: route1=8.8.8.0/24,10.1.1.1,77 route2=7.7.0.0/16

-

Table 28. ipv6 setting (section)

+

Table 29. ipv6 setting (section)

@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Example: route1=2001:4860:4860::/64,2620:52:0:2219:222:68ff:fe11

-

Table 29. serial setting (section)

+

Table 30. serial setting (section)

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Example: parity=n

-

Table 30. vpn setting (section)

+

Table 31. vpn setting (section)

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Example: password=Popocatepetl

-

Table 31. 802-3-ethernet setting (section)

+

Table 32. 802-3-ethernet setting (section)

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Example: mac-address-blacklist= 00:22:68:12:79:A6;00:22:68:12:79

-

Table 32. 802-11-wireless setting (section)

+

Table 33. 802-11-wireless setting (section)

diff --git a/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html b/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html index 1dfc990b..59ba9fcc 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nm-settings.html @@ -112,6 +112,13 @@ + + + + + + @@ -129,7 +136,7 @@ autoconnect-retries - + - + - + + + + + + + @@ -801,7 +815,7 @@ mac-address - + - + - + - + - + - + + + + + + + - + - + + + + + + + - +
+auth-retriesint32-1The number of retries for the authentication. Zero means to try indefinitely; -1 means to use a global default. If the global default is not set, the authentication retries for 3 times before failing the connection. Currently this only applies to 802-1x authentication.
autoconnect boolean TRUE int32 -1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).The number of times a connection should be tried when autoactivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden). Setting this to 1 means to try activation only once before blocking autoconnect. Note that after a timeout, NetworkManager will try to autoconnect again.
@@ -220,7 +227,7 @@ stable-id string  Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifying a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.
@@ -409,7 +416,7 @@ phase1-auth-flags uint32 0Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The individual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
@@ -784,6 +791,13 @@
+group-forward-maskuint320A mask of group addresses to forward. Usually, group addresses in the range from 01:80:C2:00:00:00 to 01:80:C2:00:00:0F are not forwarded according to standards. This property is a mask of 16 bits, each corresponding to a group address in that range that must be forwarded. The mask can't have bits 0, 1 or 2 set because they are used for STP, MAC pause frames and LACP.
hello-time uint32 2 byte array  If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. If this field is left unspecified, the "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" is referred instead to generate the initial MAC address. Note that setting "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" anyway overwrites the MAC address of the bridge later while activating the bridge. Hence, this property is deprecated.
@@ -864,7 +878,7 @@ hairpin-mode boolean FALSEEnables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.Enables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.
@@ -1032,7 +1046,7 @@ priority-bandwidth array of uint32 [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percent.An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use. The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percents.
@@ -1053,7 +1067,7 @@ priority-group-bandwidth array of uint32 [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percent.An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group. Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percents.
@@ -1245,7 +1259,7 @@ sim-operator-id string  A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioined by the given operator.A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to. If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioned by the given operator.
@@ -1483,7 +1497,14 @@ route-metric int64 -1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
+route-tableuint320Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.
@@ -1518,7 +1539,7 @@ addr-gen-mode int32 1Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy". If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling "stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_EUI64 (0) or NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_STABLE_PRIVACY (1). If the property is set to EUI64, the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of stable-privacy enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling stable-privacy. For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means EUI64 so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.
@@ -1658,7 +1679,14 @@ route-metric int64 -1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
+route-tableuint320Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.
@@ -1735,7 +1763,7 @@ mtu uint32 0NoneIf non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments.
@@ -1980,7 +2008,203 @@
-

ppp setting

+

ovs-bridge setting

+

OvsBridge Link Settings.

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+fail-modestring The bridge failure mode. One of "secure", "standalone" or empty.
+mcast-snooping-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable multicast snooping.
+namestringovs-bridgeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+rstp-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable RSTP.
+stp-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable STP.
+
+
+
+

ovs-interface setting

+

OpenVSwitch Interface Settings.

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+namestringovs-interfaceThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+typestring The interface type. Either "internal", or empty.
+
+
+
+

ovs-patch setting

+

OvsPatch Link Settings.

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+namestringovs-patchThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+peerstring Specifies the unicast destination IP address of a remote OpenVSwitch bridge port to connect to.
+
+
+
+

ovs-port setting

+

OvsPort Link Settings.

+
++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+bond-downdelayuint320The time port must be inactive in order to be considered down.
+bond-modestring Bonding mode. One of "active-backup", "balance-slb", or "balance-tcp".
+bond-updelayuint320The time port must be active befor it starts forwarding traffic.
+lacpstring LACP mode. One of "active", "off", or "passive".
+namestringovs-portThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+taguint320The VLAN tag in the range 0-4095.
+vlan-modestring The VLAN mode. One of "access", "native-tagged", "native-untagged", "trunk" or unset.
+
+
+
+

ppp setting

Point-to-Point Protocol Settings.

@@ -2120,21 +2344,21 @@ require-mppe - + - +
boolean FALSEIf TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.
require-mppe-128 boolean FALSEIf TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.
-

pppoe setting

+

pppoe setting

PPP-over-Ethernet Settings.

@@ -2159,6 +2383,13 @@ + + + + + + @@ -2190,7 +2421,7 @@
-

proxy setting

+

proxy setting

WWW Proxy Settings.

+parentstring If given, specifies the parent interface name on which this PPPoE connection should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection is activated on the interface specified in "interface-name" of NMSettingConnection.
password string  
@@ -2246,7 +2477,7 @@
-

serial setting

+

serial setting

Serial Link Settings.

@@ -2309,7 +2540,7 @@
-

team setting

+

team setting

Teaming Settings.

@@ -2351,7 +2582,7 @@
-

team-port setting

+

team-port setting

Team Port Settings.

@@ -2386,7 +2617,7 @@
-

tun setting

+

tun setting

Tunnel Settings.

@@ -2456,7 +2687,7 @@
-

user setting

+

user setting

General User Profile Settings.

@@ -2491,7 +2722,7 @@
-

vlan setting

+

vlan setting

VLAN Settings.

@@ -2561,7 +2792,7 @@
-

vpn setting

+

vpn setting

VPN Settings.

@@ -2617,7 +2848,7 @@ timeout - + - +
uint32 0Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overridden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.
@@ -2631,7 +2862,7 @@
-

vxlan setting

+

vxlan setting

VXLAN Settings.

@@ -2666,7 +2897,7 @@ id - + - +
uint32 0Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.
@@ -2771,7 +3002,7 @@
-

wimax setting

+

wimax setting

WiMax Settings.

@@ -2813,7 +3044,7 @@
-

802-3-ethernet setting

+

802-3-ethernet setting

Wired Ethernet Settings.

@@ -2862,7 +3093,7 @@ generate-mac-address-mask - + - + - + - @@ -1546,7 +1550,7 @@ appropriate gsm.* or cdma.*mode +It's equivalent to the +bond.options 'option=value' syntax. @@ -1635,6 +1639,10 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'< + + + + @@ -1766,7 +1774,46 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<
string  With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
@@ -2897,7 +3128,7 @@ port string  Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.Specific port type to use if the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface). If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.
@@ -2925,7 +3156,7 @@ speed uint32 0Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.Can be set to a value greater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.
@@ -2946,7 +3177,7 @@
-

802-11-wireless setting

+

802-11-wireless setting

Wi-Fi Settings.

@@ -3002,7 +3233,7 @@ generate-mac-address-mask - + - @@ -1289,6 +1289,10 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it. + + + +
string  With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
@@ -3100,7 +3331,7 @@
-

802-11-wireless-security setting

+

802-11-wireless-security setting

Wi-Fi Security Settings.

@@ -3174,6 +3405,13 @@ + + + + + + @@ -3242,6 +3480,13 @@ + + + + + +
+pmfint320Indicates whether Protected Management Frames (802.11w) must be enabled for the connection. One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT (0) (use global default value), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DISABLE (1) (disable PMF), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_OPTIONAL (2) (enable PMF if the supplicant and the access point support it) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_REQUIRED (3) (enable PMF and fail if not supported). When set to NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT (0) and no global default is set, PMF will be optionally enabled.
proto array of string []0 When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.
+wps-methoduint320Flags indicating which mode of WPS is to be used if any. There's little point in changing the default setting as NetworkManager will automatically determine whether it's feasible to start WPS enrollment from the Access Point capabilities. WPS can be disabled by setting this property to a value of 1.
@@ -3249,12 +3494,17 @@

Secret flag types:

- Each secret property in a setting has an associated flags property + Each password or secret property in a setting has an associated flags property that describes how to handle that secret. The flags property is a bitfield that contains zero or more of the following values logically OR-ed together.

    -

  • 0x0 (none) - the system is responsible for providing and storing this secret.

    • +

  • 0x0 (none) - the system is responsible for providing and storing this secret. This + may be required so that secrets are already available before the user logs in. + It also commonly means that the secret will be stored in plain text on disk, accessible + to root only. For example via the keyfile settings plugin as described in the "PLUGINS" section + in NetworkManager.conf(5). +

  • 0x1 (agent-owned) - a user-session secret agent is responsible for providing and storing this secret; when it is required, agents will be asked to provide it.

  • 0x2 (not-saved) - this secret should not be saved but should be requested from the user diff --git a/docs/api/html/nmcli.html b/docs/api/html/nmcli.html index b94c6fbc..ae218265 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/nmcli.html +++ b/docs/api/html/nmcli.html @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@

type connection.typeThis option also accepts values of bond-slave, +This alias also accepts values of bond-slave, team-slave and bridge-slave. They create ethernet connection profiles. Their use is discouraged in favor of using a specific type with master option. service pppoe.service
parentpppoe.parent
@@ -1484,10 +1488,10 @@ or id/ to disambiguate it.
bt-type bluetooth.typeApart from the usual dun and -panu options, the values of dun-gsm -and dun-cdma can be used for compatibility with older -versions. They are equivalent to using dun and setting +Apart from the usual panu, +nap and dun options, the values of +dun-gsm and dun-cdma can be used for compatibility +with older versions. They are equivalent to using dun and setting appropriate gsm.* or cdma.* properties.
bond.options Setting each of these adds the option to bond.options property. -It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value' syntax.
primary
miimon
bridge.ageing-time
group-forward-maskbridge.group-forward-mask
multicast-snooping bridge.multicast-snooping

-

Table 19. VxLAN options

+

Table 19. MACsec options

+
++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
AliasProperty
devmacsec.parent
modemacsec.mode
encryptmacsec.encrypt
cakmacsec.cak
cknmacsec.ckn
portmacsec.port
+
+
+

Table 20. VxLAN options

@@ -1809,7 +1856,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

-

Table 20. Tun options

+

Table 21. Tun options

@@ -1848,7 +1895,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

-

Table 21. IP tunneling options

+

Table 22. IP tunneling options

@@ -1879,7 +1926,7 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'<

-

Table 22. IPv4 options

+

Table 23. IPv4 options

@@ -1895,11 +1942,9 @@ It's equivalent of using the +bond.options 'option=value'< - + @@ -1910,7 +1955,7 @@ It's equivalent of using +ipv4.addresses syntax and
ip4 -ipv4.addresses - ipv4.method +ipv4.addresses ipv4.method This option can be specified multiple times. -It's equivalent of using +ipv4.addresses syntax and setting ipv4.method to manual.The alias is equivalent to the +ipv4.addresses syntax and also sets ipv4.method to manual. It can be specified multiple times.
gw4

-

Table 23. IPv6 options

+

Table 24. IPv6 options

@@ -1926,11 +1971,9 @@ It's equivalent of using +ipv4.addresses syntax and - + @@ -1941,7 +1984,7 @@ It's equivalent of using +ipv6.addresses syntax and
ip6 -ipv6.addresses - ipv6.method +ipv6.addresses ipv6.method This option can be specified multiple times. -It's equivalent of using +ipv6.addresses syntax and setting ipv6.method to manual.The alias is equivalent to the +ipv6.addresses syntax and also sets ipv6.method to manual. It can be specified multiple times.
gw6

-

Table 24. Proxy options

+

Table 25. Proxy options

@@ -1953,11 +1996,28 @@ It's equivalent of using +ipv6.addresses syntax and - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - + + +
Property Note
methodproxy.method  
browser-onlyproxy.browser-only 
pac-urlproxy.pac-url 
pac-script proxy.pac-scriptRead the java script pac-script from file or pass it directly on the command line. Prefix the value with "file://" or "js://" to force one or the other.
Read the JavaScript PAC (proxy auto-config) script from file or pass it directly on the command line. Prefix the value with "file://" or "js://" to force one or the other.

diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html index dd6956f5..8c6a5e4e 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ - + @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ 		Home PrevPrev Next
@@ -85,6 +85,18 @@ 802-11-olpc-mesh — OLPC Wireless Mesh Settings
+ovs-bridge — OvsBridge Link Settings +
+
+ovs-interface — OpenVSwitch Interface Settings +
+
+ovs-patch — OvsPatch Link Settings +
+
+ovs-port — OvsPort Link Settings +
+
ppp — Point-to-Point Protocol Settings
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html index 1e34a1e0..c6290c33 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-olpc-mesh.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ - + @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
Home Up PrevNextNext
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Properties
-

Table 69. 

+

Table 73. 

diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html index c141dcf4..25298cdb 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless-security.html @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
-

+

Properties

-

Table 84. 

+

Table 92. 

@@ -102,6 +102,12 @@ + + + + + + @@ -161,6 +167,12 @@ + + + + + +
A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty. Each list element may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp". 
pmf
int32
0
Indicates whether Protected Management Frames (802.11w) must be enabled for the connection. One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT (0) (use global default value), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DISABLE (1) (disable PMF), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_OPTIONAL (2) (enable PMF if the supplicant and the access point support it) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_REQUIRED (3) (enable PMF and fail if not supported). When set to NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT (0) and no global default is set, PMF will be optionally enabled.
proto
 
array of string
 
[]
0
 When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4. 
wps-method
uint32
0
Flags indicating which mode of WPS is to be used if any. There's little point in changing the default setting as NetworkManager will automatically determine whether it's feasible to start WPS enrollment from the Access Point capabilities. WPS can be disabled by setting this property to a value of 1.
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html index c56ad7ed..b7f42dd7 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-11-wireless.html @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
-

+

Properties

-

Table 83. 

+

Table 91. 

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ - + diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html index ea0c71e7..2a89f62d 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html +++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-1x.html @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Properties
-

Table 52. 

+

Table 56. 

generate-mac-address-mask
 
string
 
With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
 

 

 
hidden

 
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html b/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html
index 8fb4fe2a..71946201 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-802-3-ethernet.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 

phase1-auth-flags

 
uint32

 
0
Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The individual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
 

 

 
phase1-fast-provisioning

 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 82. 

+
Table 90. 

 
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html b/docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html
index 16495015..028a725a 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-adsl.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 53. 

+
Table 57. 

 

 
 

generate-mac-address-mask

 
string

 
With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.With "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
 

 

 
mac-address
port

 
string

 
Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.Specific port type to use if the device supports multiple attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface). If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.
 

 

 
s390-nettype
speed

 
uint32

 
0
Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.Can be set to a value greater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.
 

 

 
wake-on-lan

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html
index 5d569c6c..0b0f7437 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bluetooth.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 54. 

+
Table 58. 

 

 
 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bond.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bond.html
index eff3b56f..7093b47b 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-bond.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bond.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 55. 

+
Table 59. 

 

 
 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html
index 84832bcd..7005a8bd 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge-port.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 57. 

+
Table 61. 

 

 
 

 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html
index effe9430..9a20d01b 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-bridge.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 56. 

+
Table 60. 

 

 
 

hairpin-mode

 
boolean

 
FALSE
Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.Enables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.
 

 

 
name

 
@@ -66,6 +66,12 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -81,7 +87,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html b/docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html
index 9414e7da..89edcfa9 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-cdma.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 58. 

+
Table 62. 

 

 
 

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.
 

 
group-forward-mask
uint32
0
A mask of group addresses to forward. Usually, group addresses in the range from 01:80:C2:00:00:00 to 01:80:C2:00:00:0F are not forwarded according to standards. This property is a mask of 16 bits, each corresponding to a group address in that range that must be forwarded. The mask can't have bits 0, 1 or 2 set because they are used for STP, MAC pause frames and LACP.

 
hello-time

 
uint32

 
2
mac-address

 
byte array

 
If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. If this field is left unspecified, the "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" is referred instead to generate the initial MAC address. Note that setting "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" anyway overwrites the MAC address of the bridge later while activating the bridge. Hence, this property is deprecated.
 

 

 
max-age

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html b/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html
index 820f856b..e14960c5 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-connection.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 51. 

+
Table 55. 

 

 
 

 
@@ -54,6 +54,12 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -69,7 +75,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -147,7 +153,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html b/docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html
index da49369d..7801abb0 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-dcb.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 59. 

+
Table 63. 

 

 
 

 
 
auth-retries
int32
-1
The number of retries for the authentication. Zero means to try indefinitely; -1 means to use a global default. If the global default is not set, the authentication retries for 3 times before failing the connection. Currently this only applies to 802-1x authentication.

 
autoconnect

 
boolean

 
TRUE
autoconnect-retries

 
int32

 
-1
The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).The number of times a connection should be tried when autoactivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden). Setting this to 1 means to try activation only once before blocking autoconnect. Note that after a timeout, NetworkManager will try to autoconnect again.
 

 

 
autoconnect-slaves
stable-id

 
string

 
Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.Token to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifying a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.
 

 

 
timestamp

 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html b/docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html
index 5d75433e..b500e07d 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-dummy.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 60. 

+
Table 64. 

 

 
 

priority-bandwidth

 
array of uint32

 
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percent.An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percents.
 

 

 
priority-flow-control
priority-group-bandwidth

 
array of uint32

 
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percent.An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percents.
 

 

 
priority-group-flags

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-generic.html b/docs/api/html/settings-generic.html
index 173d8b31..ef3569c5 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-generic.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-generic.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 61. 

+
Table 65. 

 

 
 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html b/docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html
index 26f450f7..30db4d51 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-gsm.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 62. 

+
Table 66. 

 

 
 

 
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html b/docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html
index 76fdbf18..028ce479 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-infiniband.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 63. 

+
Table 67. 

 

 
 

sim-operator-id

 
string

 
A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioined by the given operator.A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioned by the given operator.
 

 

 
username

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html
index ee4ad4d5..570f4cb3 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ip-tunnel.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 66. 

+
Table 70. 

 

 
 

 
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html
index 4849567c..ecf003d9 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv4.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 64. 

+
Table 68. 

 

 
 

mtu

 
uint32

 
0
NoneIf non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments.
 

 

 
name

 
@@ -177,7 +177,13 @@
 
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html
index 9f00e07e..7f1fd087 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ipv6.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 65. 

+
Table 69. 

 

 
 

route-metric

 
int64

 
-1
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
route-table
uint32
0
Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.
 

 

 
routes

 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -177,7 +177,13 @@
 
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html b/docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html
index a4da0d2a..e625ea8b 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-macsec.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 67. 

+
Table 71. 

 

 
 

addr-gen-mode

 
int32

 
1
Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy". If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from  hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling "stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_EUI64 (0) or NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_STABLE_PRIVACY (1). If the property is set to EUI64, the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of stable-privacy enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling stable-privacy. For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means EUI64 so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.
 

 

 
address-data
route-metric

 
int64

 
-1
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
route-table
uint32
0
Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.
 

 

 
routes

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html b/docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html
index 728264e4..406f76b0 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-macvlan.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
             Properties
         

-
Table 68. 

+
Table 72. 

 

 
 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-bridge.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-bridge.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9654b9fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-bridge.html
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+
+
+
+
+ovs-bridge: NetworkManager Reference Manual
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

 
 


+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

+

+
+
+

+
ovs-bridge

+
ovs-bridge — OvsBridge Link Settings

+

+

+

+            Properties
+        

+

+
Table 74. 

+

++++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+






Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
fail-mode
string
The bridge failure mode. One of "secure", "standalone" or empty.
mcast-snooping-enable
boolean
FALSE
Enable or disable multicast snooping.
name
string
ovs-bridge
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
rstp-enable
boolean
FALSE
Enable or disable RSTP.
stp-enable
boolean
FALSE
Enable or disable STP.

+

+


+

+

+

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-interface.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-interface.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..adedcf1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-interface.html
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+
+
+
+
+ovs-interface: NetworkManager Reference Manual
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

+

+
+
+

+
ovs-interface

+
ovs-interface — OpenVSwitch Interface Settings

+

+

+

+            Properties
+        

+

+
Table 75. 

+

++++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+






Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
name
string
ovs-interface
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
type
string
The interface type. Either "internal", or empty.

+

+


+

+

+

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-patch.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-patch.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f3e4d4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-patch.html
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+
+
+
+
+ovs-patch: NetworkManager Reference Manual
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

+

+
+
+

+
ovs-patch

+
ovs-patch — OvsPatch Link Settings

+

+

+

+            Properties
+        

+

+
Table 76. 

+

++++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+






Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
name
string
ovs-patch
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
peer
string
Specifies the unicast destination IP address of a remote OpenVSwitch bridge port to connect to.

+

+


+

+

+

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-port.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-port.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d557485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ovs-port.html
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+
+
+
+
+ovs-port: NetworkManager Reference Manual
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

+

+
+
+

+
ovs-port

+
ovs-port — OvsPort Link Settings

+

+

+

+            Properties
+        

+

+
Table 77. 

+

++++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+






Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
bond-downdelay
uint32
0
The time port must be inactive in order to be considered down.
bond-mode
string
Bonding mode. One of "active-backup", "balance-slb", or "balance-tcp".
bond-updelay
uint32
0
The time port must be active befor it starts forwarding traffic.
lacp
string
LACP mode. One of "active", "off", or "passive".
name
string
ovs-port
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
tag
uint32
0
The VLAN tag in the range 0-4095.
vlan-mode
string
The VLAN mode. One of "access", "native-tagged", "native-untagged", "trunk" or unset.

+

+


+

+

+

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html b/docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html
index 1f064aa2..a56ece39 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-ppp.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 
 Home
 Up
-Prev
+Prev
 Next
 
 

@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 
 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 70. 

+
Table 78. 

 
@@ -159,13 +159,13 @@
 
-
+
-
+

 
 

require-mppe

 
boolean

 
FALSE
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.
 

 

 
require-mppe-128

 
boolean

 
FALSE
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.
 

 
 

diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html b/docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html
index e91ee7a9..69fbaa51 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-pppoe.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 
 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 71. 

+
Table 79. 

 
@@ -60,6 +60,12 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html b/docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html
index bb85a361..49585eea 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-proxy.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 

The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
 

 
parent
string
If given, specifies the parent interface name on which this PPPoE connection should be created.  If this property is not specified, the connection is activated on the interface specified in "interface-name" of NMSettingConnection.

 
password

 
string

 

 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 72. 

+
Table 80. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-serial.html b/docs/api/html/settings-serial.html
index 6948cf7f..87518b51 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-serial.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-serial.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 


 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 73. 

+
Table 81. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html b/docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html
index 121b17c3..949afc5b 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-team-port.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 


 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 75. 

+
Table 83. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-team.html b/docs/api/html/settings-team.html
index 71c39ab3..aa5d5280 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-team.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-team.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 


 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 74. 

+
Table 82. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-tun.html b/docs/api/html/settings-tun.html
index a14e99f6..7feb972f 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-tun.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-tun.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 


 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 76. 

+
Table 84. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-user.html b/docs/api/html/settings-user.html
index dd52c60e..d8a8c282 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-user.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-user.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 


 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 77. 

+
Table 85. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html b/docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html
index f5c74568..569b5141 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-vlan.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 


 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 78. 

+
Table 86. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html b/docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html
index eb504d84..db058191 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-vpn.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 


 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 79. 

+
Table 87. 

 
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html b/docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html
index aadf6846..d65a5c0e 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-vxlan.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 

timeout

 
uint32

 
0
Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overridden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.
 

 

 
user-name

 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 80. 

+
Table 88. 

 
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
-
+
diff --git a/docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html b/docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html
index 179dc521..12bb5800 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/settings-wimax.html
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
 

 
 

id

 
uint32

 
0
Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.
 

 

 
l2-miss

 

 

-

+

             Properties
         

 

-
Table 81. 

+
Table 89. 

 
diff --git a/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml b/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml
index dd5f0e47..0002f8ee 100644
--- a/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml
+++ b/docs/api/network-manager-docs.xml
@@ -76,6 +76,7 @@
     
+    
   
 
   
diff --git a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml b/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
index 9fb02e72..90ebdd22 100644
--- a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
+++ b/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
@@ -4,9 +4,10 @@
   connectionGeneral Connection Profile Settings
             Properties
         

 
 

     
     
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+    auth-retriesauth-retriesint32-1The number of retries for the authentication. Zero means to try indefinitely; -1 means to use a global default. If the global default is not set, the authentication retries for 3 times before failing the connection. Currently this only applies to 802-1x authentication.autoconnectautoconnectbooleanTRUEWhether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.autoconnect-priorityautoconnect-priorityint320The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect, connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0. The higher number means higher priority.
-    autoconnect-retriesautoconnect-retriesint32-1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden).
+    autoconnect-retriesautoconnect-retriesint32-1The number of times a connection should be tried when autoactivating before giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not overridden). Setting this to 1 means to try activation only once before blocking autoconnect. Note that after a timeout, NetworkManager will try to autoconnect again.autoconnect-slavesautoconnect-slavesNMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves (int32)Whether or not slaves of this connection should be automatically brought up when NetworkManager activates this connection. This only has a real effect for master connections. The permitted values are: 0: leave slave connections untouched, 1: activate all the slave connections with this connection, -1: default. If -1 (default) is set, global connection.autoconnect-slaves is read to determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.gateway-ping-timeoutgateway-ping-timeoutuint320If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.ididstringA human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".
@@ -19,7 +20,7 @@
     read-onlyread-onlybooleanFALSEFALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.secondariessecondariesarray of string[]List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are supported.slave-typeslave-typestringSetting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, "bond"), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.
-    stable-idstable-idstringToken to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.
+    stable-idstable-idstringToken to generate stable IDs for the connection. The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the generated cloned MAC address for ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable and wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable. Note that also the interface name of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different hosts/devices yields different addresses. If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used. Specifying a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via dynamic substitutions. The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions at runtime. Currently supported are "${CONNECTION}", "${BOOT}", "${RANDOM}". These effectively create unique IDs per-connection, per-boot, or every time. Any unrecognized patterns following '$' are treated verbatim, however are reserved for future use. You are thus advised to avoid '$' or escape it as "$$". For example, set it to "${CONNECTION}/${BOOT}" to create a unique id for this connection that changes with every reboot. Note that two connections only use the same effective id if their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.timestamptimestampuint640The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated. NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the connection is active to ensure that an active connection has the latest timestamp. The property is only meant for reading (changes to this property will not be preserved).typetypestringBase type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for non-hardware dependent connections like VPN or otherwise, should contain the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).uuiduuidstringA universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same network.  For example, it should not be changed when the "id" property or NMSettingIP4Config changes, but might need to be re-created when the Wi-Fi SSID, mobile broadband network provider, or "type" property changes. The UUID must be in the format "2815492f-7e56-435e-b2e9-246bd7cdc664" (ie, contains only hexadecimal characters and "-").
@@ -47,7 +48,7 @@
     password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.password-rawpassword-rawbyte arrayPassword used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the "password" property and the "password-raw" property are specified, "password" is preferred.password-raw-flagspassword-raw-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password-raw" property.
-    phase1-auth-flagsphase1-auth-flagsuint320Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.
+    phase1-auth-flagsphase1-auth-flagsuint320Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options. The individual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings. See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.phase1-fast-provisioningphase1-fast-provisioningstringEnables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the "eap" property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated provisioning), "2" (allow authenticated provisioning), and "3" (allow both authenticated and unauthenticated provisioning).  See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.phase1-peaplabelphase1-peaplabelstringForces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.phase1-peapverphase1-peapverstringForces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the "eap" property.  When unset, the version reported by the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it is necessary to force the client to use a particular PEAP version.  To do so, this property may be set to "0" or "1" to force that specific PEAP version.
@@ -105,9 +106,10 @@
         

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionageing-timeageing-timeuint32300The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.forward-delayforward-delayuint3215The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.
+    group-forward-maskgroup-forward-maskuint320A mask of group addresses to forward. Usually, group addresses in the range from 01:80:C2:00:00:00 to 01:80:C2:00:00:0F are not forwarded according to standards. This property is a mask of 16 bits, each corresponding to a group address in that range that must be forwarded. The mask can't have bits 0, 1 or 2 set because they are used for STP, MAC pause frames and LACP.hello-timehello-timeuint322The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.interface-nameinterface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the bridge's interface name.
-    mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.
+    mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this MAC address will be set. If this field is left unspecified, the "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" is referred instead to generate the initial MAC address. Note that setting "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" anyway overwrites the MAC address of the bridge later while activating the bridge. Hence, this property is deprecated.max-agemax-ageuint3220The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.multicast-snoopingmulticast-snoopingbooleanTRUEControls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge. Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions, the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are resolved.namenamestringbridgeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
@@ -117,7 +119,7 @@
   bridge-portBridge Port Settings
             Properties
         

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
-    hairpin-modehairpin-modebooleanFALSEEnables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.
+    hairpin-modehairpin-modebooleanFALSEEnables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.namenamestringbridge-portThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".path-costpath-costuint32100The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.prioritypriorityuint3232The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.
@@ -143,10 +145,10 @@
     app-iscsi-flagsapp-iscsi-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application.  Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).app-iscsi-priorityapp-iscsi-priorityint32-1The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the "app-iscsi-flags" property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1) flag.namenamestringdcbThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
-    priority-bandwidthpriority-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percent.
+    priority-bandwidthpriority-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100 percents.priority-flow-controlpriority-flow-controlarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding priority should transmit priority pause.priority-flow-control-flagspriority-flow-control-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).
-    priority-group-bandwidthpriority-group-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percent.
+    priority-group-bandwidthpriority-group-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the sum of all values must total 100 percents.priority-group-flagspriority-group-flagsNMSettingDcbFlags (uint32)Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups.  Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE (0x1), NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE (0x2), and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING (0x4).priority-group-idpriority-group-idarray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID.  Allowed Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.priority-strict-bandwidthpriority-strict-bandwidtharray of uint32[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.
@@ -177,7 +179,7 @@
     pinpinstringIf the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.pin-flagspin-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "pin" property.sim-idsim-idstringThe SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service) which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" which contains a SIM card matching the given identifier.
-    sim-operator-idsim-operator-idstringA MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioined by the given operator.
+    sim-operator-idsim-operator-idstringA MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply to any device also allowed by "device-id" and "sim-id" which contains a SIM card provisioned by the given operator.usernameusernamestringThe username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a username is required, it is specified here.

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   

   infinibandInfiniband Settings
@@ -213,13 +215,14 @@
     <row><entry><screen>name<indexterm zone="settings-ipv4"><primary sortas="name">name</primary></indexterm></screen></entry><entry><screen>string</screen></entry><entry><screen>ipv4</screen></entry><entry>The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".</entry></row>
     <row><entry><screen>never-default<indexterm zone="settings-ipv4"><primary sortas="never-default">never-default</primary></indexterm></screen></entry><entry><screen>boolean</screen></entry><entry><screen>FALSE</screen></entry><entry>If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.</entry></row>
     <row><entry><screen>route-data<indexterm zone="settings-ipv4"><primary sortas="route-data">route-data</primary></indexterm></screen></entry><entry><screen>array of vardict</screen></entry><entry><screen/></entry><entry>Array of IPv4 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'gateway' entry, containing the gateway IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.</entry></row>
-    <row><entry><screen>route-metric<indexterm zone="settings-ipv4"><primary sortas="route-metric">route-metric</primary></indexterm></screen></entry><entry><screen>int64</screen></entry><entry><screen>-1</screen></entry><entry>The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.</entry></row>
+    <row><entry><screen>route-metric<indexterm zone="settings-ipv4"><primary sortas="route-metric">route-metric</primary></indexterm></screen></entry><entry><screen>int64</screen></entry><entry><screen>-1</screen></entry><entry>The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.</entry></row>
+    <row><entry><screen>route-table<indexterm zone="settings-ipv4"><primary sortas="route-table">route-table</primary></indexterm></screen></entry><entry><screen>uint32</screen></entry><entry><screen>0</screen></entry><entry>Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.</entry></row>
     <row><entry><screen>routes<indexterm zone="settings-ipv4"><primary sortas="routes">routes</primary></indexterm></screen></entry><entry><screen>array of array of uint32</screen></entry><entry><screen>[]</screen></entry><entry>Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'.  Array of IPv4 route structures.  Each IPv4 route structure is composed of 4 32-bit values; the first being the destination IPv4 network or address (network byte order), the second the destination network or address prefix (1 - 32), the third being the next-hop (network byte order) if any, and the fourth being the route metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device. (There is no way to explicitly specify an actual metric of 0 with this property.)</entry></row>
   </tbody></tgroup></table></para></refsect1></refentry>
   <refentry id="settings-ipv6"><refnamediv><refname>ipv6</refname><refpurpose>IPv6 Settings</refpurpose></refnamediv><refsect1 role="properties"><title id="settings-ipv6.properties">
             Properties
         Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
-    addr-gen-modeaddr-gen-modeint321Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", or "stable-privacy". If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from  hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling "stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.
+    addr-gen-modeaddr-gen-modeint321Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_EUI64 (0) or NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_STABLE_PRIVACY (1). If the property is set to EUI64, the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of stable-privacy enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling stable-privacy. For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting on disk means EUI64 so that the property doesn't change on upgrade from older versions. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.address-dataaddress-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.addressesaddressesarray of legacy IPv6 address struct (a(ayuay))[]Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'.  Array of IPv6 address structures.  Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet.dad-timeoutdad-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds).  A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.
@@ -239,7 +242,8 @@
     namenamestringipv6The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".never-defaultnever-defaultbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.route-dataroute-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 routes. Each route dictionary contains at least 'dest' and 'prefix' entries, containing the destination IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Most routes will also have a 'next-hop' entry, containing the next hop IP address as a string. If the route has a 'metric' entry (containing a uint32), that will be used as the metric for the route (otherwise NM will pick a default value appropriate to the device). Additional attributes may also exist on some routes.
-    route-metricroute-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
+    route-metricroute-metricint64-1The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically based on the device type. The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and the default route. Note that for IPv6, the kernel accepts zero (0) but coerces it to 1024 (user default). Hence, setting this property to zero effectively mean setting it to 1024. For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.
+    route-tableroute-tableuint320Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes. This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table. If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection. Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally, NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table. This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside of NetworkManager.routesroutesarray of legacy IPv6 route struct (a(ayuayu))[]Deprecated in favor of the 'route-data' property, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'route-data'.  Array of IPv6 route structures.  Each IPv6 route structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), an IPv6 next hop address (which may be zeroed out if there is no next hop), and a metric. If the metric is 0, NM will choose an appropriate default metric for the device.tokentokenstringConfigure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   

@@ -251,7 +255,7 @@
     input-keyinput-keystringThe key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.
     locallocalstringThe local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
     modemodeuint320The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP (1) or NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE (2).
-    mtumtuuint320None
+    mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments.
     namenamestringip-tunnelThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
     output-keyoutput-keystringThe key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.
     parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be routed via that interface.
@@ -290,6 +294,38 @@
     namenamestring802-11-olpc-meshThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
     ssidssidbyte arraySSID of the mesh network to join.
   
+  ovs-bridgeOvsBridge Link Settings
+            Properties
+        Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+    fail-modefail-modestringThe bridge failure mode. One of "secure", "standalone" or empty.
+    mcast-snooping-enablemcast-snooping-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable multicast snooping.
+    namenamestringovs-bridgeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+    rstp-enablerstp-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable RSTP.
+    stp-enablestp-enablebooleanFALSEEnable or disable STP.
+  

+  ovs-interfaceOpenVSwitch Interface Settings
+            Properties
+        Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+    namenamestringovs-interfaceThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+    typetypestringThe interface type. Either "internal", or empty.
+  

+  ovs-patchOvsPatch Link Settings
+            Properties
+        Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+    namenamestringovs-patchThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+    peerpeerstringSpecifies the unicast destination IP address of a remote OpenVSwitch bridge port to connect to.
+  

+  ovs-portOvsPort Link Settings
+            Properties
+        Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
+    bond-downdelaybond-downdelayuint320The time port must be inactive in order to be considered down.
+    bond-modebond-modestringBonding mode. One of "active-backup", "balance-slb", or "balance-tcp".
+    bond-updelaybond-updelayuint320The time port must be active befor it starts forwarding traffic.
+    lacplacpstringLACP mode. One of "active", "off", or "passive".
+    namenamestringovs-portThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+    tagtaguint320The VLAN tag in the range 0-4095.
+    vlan-modevlan-modestringThe VLAN mode. One of "access", "native-tagged", "native-untagged", "trunk" or unset.
+  

   pppPoint-to-Point Protocol Settings
             Properties
         Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
@@ -310,13 +346,14 @@
     refuse-mschaprefuse-mschapbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.refuse-mschapv2refuse-mschapv2booleanFALSEIf TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.refuse-paprefuse-papbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.
-    require-mpperequire-mppebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.
-    require-mppe-128require-mppe-128booleanFALSEIf TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.
+    require-mpperequire-mppebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.
+    require-mppe-128require-mppe-128booleanFALSEIf TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

     
     
   

   pppoePPP-over-Ethernet Settings
             Properties
         Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue DescriptionnamenamestringpppoeThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
+    parentparentstringIf given, specifies the parent interface name on which this PPPoE connection should be created.  If this property is not specified, the connection is activated on the interface specified in "interface-name" of NMSettingConnection.passwordpasswordstringPassword used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.password-flagspassword-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "password" property.serviceservicestringIf specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers, this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.
@@ -390,7 +427,7 @@
     persistentpersistentbooleanFALSEIf the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.secretssecretsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.service-typeservice-typestringD-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.
-    timeouttimeoutuint320Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.
+    timeouttimeoutuint320Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services may take quite a long time to connect. Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overridden by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean timeout in seconds.user-nameuser-namestringIf the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then leave this property empty.  If this property is empty, NetworkManager will automatically supply the username of the user which requested the VPN connection.

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   

   vxlanVXLAN Settings
@@ -398,7 +435,7 @@
         Key NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionageingageinguint32300Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.destination-portdestination-portuint328472Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.
-    ididuint320Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.
+    ididuint320Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.l2-missl2-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.l3-missl3-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.learninglearningbooleanTRUESpecifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.
@@ -428,16 +465,16 @@
     auto-negotiateauto-negotiatebooleanFALSEIf TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration will be skipped.cloned-mac-addresscloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".duplexduplexstringCan be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full". Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified. Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it.
-    generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
+    generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).mac-address-blacklistmac-address-blacklistarray of string[]If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list.  Each MAC address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (00:11:22:33:44:55).mtumtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.namenamestring802-3-ethernetThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
-    portportstringSpecific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.
+    portportstringSpecific port type to use if the device supports multiple attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface). If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.s390-nettypes390-nettypestrings390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.s390-optionss390-optionsdict of string to string{}Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options.  Both keys and values must be strings.  Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2", "portname", "protocol", among others.  Key names must contain only alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).s390-subchannelss390-subchannelsarray of string[]Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for communication with z/VM or s390 host.  Like the "mac-address" property for non-z/VM devices, this property can be used to ensure this connection only applies to the network device that uses these subchannels.  The list should contain exactly 3 strings, and each string may only be composed of hexadecimal characters and the period (.) character.
-    speedspeeduint320Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.
+    speedspeeduint320Can be set to a value greater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s. Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero. Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.wake-on-lanwake-on-lanuint321The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options. May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY (0x2), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST (0x4), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST (0x8), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_BROADCAST (0x10), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_ARP (0x20), NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MAGIC (0x40) or the special values NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_DEFAULT (0x1) (to use global settings) and NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_IGNORE (0x8000) (to disable management of Wake-on-LAN in NetworkManager).wake-on-lan-passwordwake-on-lan-passwordstringIf specified, the password used with magic-packet-based Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL, no password will be required.

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   

@@ -449,7 +486,7 @@
     bssidbssidbyte arrayIf specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access point.  This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by all devices.  Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.
     channelchanneluint320Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property also requires the "band" property to be set.
     cloned-mac-addresscloned-mac-addressbyte arrayThis D-Bus field is deprecated in favor of "assigned-mac-address" which is more flexible and allows specifying special variants like "random". For libnm and nmcli, this field is called "cloned-mac-address".
-    generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
+    generate-mac-address-maskgenerate-mac-address-maskstringWith "cloned-mac-address" setting "random" or "stable", by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered, unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will always be unset to create a unicast MAC address. If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address. If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device, while the unset bits are subject to randomization. Setting "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00" means to preserve the OUI of the current MAC address and only randomize the lower 3 bytes using the "random" or "stable" algorithm. If the value contains one additional MAC address after the mask, this address is used instead of the current MAC address to fill the bits that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of "FE:FF:FF:00:00:00 68:F7:28:00:00:00" will set the OUI of the MAC address to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled globally-administered, burned-in MAC address. If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally administered.
     hiddenhiddenbooleanFALSEIf TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.
     mac-addressmac-addressbyte arrayIf specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).
     mac-address-blacklistmac-address-blacklistarray of string[]A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this connection should never apply.  Each MAC address should be given in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").
@@ -475,6 +512,7 @@
     leap-usernameleap-usernamestringThe login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").
     namenamestring802-11-wireless-securityThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
     pairwisepairwisearray of string[]A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list. For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each list element may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".
+    pmfpmfint320Indicates whether Protected Management Frames (802.11w) must be enabled for the connection.  One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT (0) (use global default value), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DISABLE (1) (disable PMF), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_OPTIONAL (2) (enable PMF if the supplicant and the access point support it) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_REQUIRED (3) (enable PMF and fail if not supported).  When set to NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT (0) and no global default is set, PMF will be optionally enabled.
     protoprotoarray of string[]List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use. Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN).  If not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.
     pskpskstringPre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII characters (as specified in the 802.11i standard) and is interpreted as a WPA passphrase, and is hashed to derive the actual WPA-PSK used when connecting to the Wi-Fi network.
     psk-flagspsk-flagsNMSettingSecretFlags (uint32)Flags indicating how to handle the "psk" property.
@@ -485,5 +523,6 @@
     wep-key2wep-key2stringIndex 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
     wep-key3wep-key3stringIndex 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.
     wep-tx-keyidxwep-tx-keyidxuint320When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.
+    wps-methodwps-methoduint320Flags indicating which mode of WPS is to be used if any. There's little point in changing the default setting as NetworkManager will automatically determine whether it's feasible to start WPS enrollment from the Access Point capabilities. WPS can be disabled by setting this property to a value of 1.
   
 
diff --git a/docs/api/version.xml b/docs/api/version.xml
index bfa363e7..1f707060 100644
--- a/docs/api/version.xml
+++ b/docs/api/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.8.4
+1.9.90
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in
index fb0d1367..a0b37a0f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/Makefile.in
@@ -149,7 +149,6 @@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
 AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
 AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
 AWK = @AWK@
-BINUTILS_NM = @BINUTILS_NM@
 BLUEZ5_CFLAGS = @BLUEZ5_CFLAGS@
 BLUEZ5_LIBS = @BLUEZ5_LIBS@
 CC = @CC@
@@ -171,6 +170,7 @@ DBUS_SYS_DIR = @DBUS_SYS_DIR@
 DEFS = @DEFS@
 DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DHCLIENT_PATH = @DHCLIENT_PATH@
+DHCPCANON_PATH = @DHCPCANON_PATH@
 DHCPCD_PATH = @DHCPCD_PATH@
 DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE = @DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE@
 DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
@@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
 ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
 ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
 ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+ac_ct_NM = @ac_ct_NM@
 ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
 am__include = @am__include@
 am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
@@ -420,6 +421,7 @@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
 top_builddir = @top_builddir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
 with_dhclient = @with_dhclient@
+with_dhcpcanon = @with_dhcpcanon@
 with_dhcpcd = @with_dhcpcd@
 with_netconfig = @with_netconfig@
 with_resolvconf = @with_resolvconf@
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html
index cc06d0d9..c302786b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_access_point_new ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_ssid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_frequency ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_strength ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_access_point_filter_connections ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_access_point_connection_valid ()
@@ -164,43 +164,43 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bssid
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flags
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 frequency
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 last-seen
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 max-bitrate
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 rsn-flags
 Read
 
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 strength
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 wpa-flags
 Read
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 

@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_access_point_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_access_point_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMAccessPoint.

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ point.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the SSID of the access point.

 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (
 
Returns

-
 the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the
+
 the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the
 access point, and must not be modified.

 

 

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ not be modified or freed.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the frequency of the access point.

 

@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (
 
nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 

@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (
 

 
nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

 

@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (
 
nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the access
@@ -593,9 +593,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GSList *connections);

+                                    const GSList *connections);

 
Filters a given list of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and
 return connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the ap
@@ -635,14 +635,14 @@ list of g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                   NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
The BSSID of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint

+
  “flags”                    guint

 
The flags of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 1

@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint

+
  “frequency”                guint

 
The frequency of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware address of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint

+
  “last-seen”                gint

 
The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the
 access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint

+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

 
The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The mode of the access point; either "infrastructure" (a central
 coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 "ad-hoc" (a network with no central controller).

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “rsn-flags” property

-
  “rsn-flags”                guint

+
  “rsn-flags”                guint

 
The RSN flags of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar

+
  “strength”                 guchar

 
The current signal strength of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “wpa-flags” property

-
  “wpa-flags”                guint

+
  “wpa-flags”                guint

 
The WPA flags of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html
index 546ba17e..1a19867e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_new ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
@@ -176,17 +176,17 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 connection
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default6
 Read
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 id
 Read
 
@@ -228,35 +228,35 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 master
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 specific-object
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 uuid
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vpn
 Read
 
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVPNConnection
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_active_connection_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_active_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                           const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMActiveConnection.

@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

 

@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
+
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
 This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMDevice]

 

@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

 

 

 

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the
+
 the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the
 connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (
 
Returns

-
 the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the
+
 the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the
 connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the
 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

 

 

 

@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the
+
 the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the
 connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (
 
Returns

-
 the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the
+
 the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the
 connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the
 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 

@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
Property Details

 

 
The “connection” property

-
  “connection”               gchar *

+
  “connection”               gchar *

 
The connection's path of the active connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean

+
  “default”                  gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean

+
  “default6”                 gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
The active connection's ID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
The path of the master device if one exists.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “specific-object” property

-
  “specific-object”          gchar *

+
  “specific-object”          gchar *

 
The specific object's path of the active connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint

+
  “state”                    guint

 
The state of the active connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 3

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's type

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's UUID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean

+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html
index b3af54f6..2a1f15d9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_client_error_quark ()
@@ -75,14 +75,14 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_devices ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_all_devices ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_startup ()
@@ -257,14 +257,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_manager_running ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_active_connections ()
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_logging ()
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_set_logging ()
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 connectivity
 Read
 
@@ -392,12 +392,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 manager-running
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 networking-enabled
 Read / Write
 
@@ -408,48 +408,48 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 startup
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 version
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wimax-enabled
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wimax-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wireless-enabled
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wireless-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wwan-enabled
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wwan-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
@@ -468,27 +468,27 @@
 
 void
 any-device-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 any-device-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 device-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 device-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 permission-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMClient
 

@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -632,9 +632,9 @@ control them.  To access and modify network configuration data, use the
 

 
nm_client_new_async ()

 
void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);

+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
+                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                     gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it.
 callback
  will be called when it is done; use
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ control them.  To access and modify network configuration data, use the
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ control them.  To access and modify network configuration data, use the
 

 
nm_client_new_finish ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);

+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                      GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -690,12 +690,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 
 
 
result

-
a GAsyncResult

+
a GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -703,13 +703,13 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ containing all the 
 
nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given object_path
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given iface
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -853,8 +853,8 @@ or NULL if none is found. 

 
void
 (*NMClientActivateFn) (NMClient *client,
                        NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-                       GError *error,
-                       gpointer user_data);

+                       GError *error,
+                       gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection (NMDevice *device,
                                const char *specific_object,
                                NMClientActivateFn callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               gpointer user_data);

 
Starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings
 from connection
  and the network device device
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -940,8 +940,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 (*NMClientAddActivateFn) (NMClient *client,
                           NMActiveConnection *connection,
                           const char *new_connection_path,
-                          GError *error,
-                          gpointer user_data);

+                          GError *error,
+                          gpointer user_data);
 

 

 

@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection (NMDevice *device,
                                        const char *specific_object,
                                        NMClientAddActivateFn callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);
+                                       gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the
 given device and specific object.  The new connection is then activated.
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
 
partial

 
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ before being added. 

 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
 

 
nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

 

 

 

@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled);

+                                  gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables networking.  When networking is disabled, all controlled
 interfaces are disconnected and deactivated.  When networking is enabled,
 all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

+
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  
 
 
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 

 

 
nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

+
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables wireless devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to enable wireless

+
TRUE to enable wireless

  
 
 
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

 
nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -1183,13 +1183,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);

+                            gboolean enabled);
 
Enables or disables WWAN devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WWAN

+
TRUE to enable WWAN

  
 
 
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1265,13 +1265,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

 

@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);

+                             gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WiMAX

+
TRUE to enable WiMAX

  
 
 
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (
 
nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ connections at startup.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_manager_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_manager_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

@@ -1453,13 +1453,13 @@ nm_client_get_manager_running (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the daemon is running

+
 TRUE if the daemon is running

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

@@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the active NMActiveConnections.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
nm_client_sleep ()

 
void
 nm_client_sleep (NMClient *client,
-                 gboolean sleep_);

+                 gboolean sleep_);

 
Deprecated; use nm_client_networking_set_enabled() instead.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ nm_client_sleep (
sleep_

-
TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

+
TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

  
 
 
@@ -1553,11 +1553,11 @@ client can or cannot perform the action the permission represents

 

 

 
nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1594,18 +1594,18 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1623,18 +1623,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (
level

-
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
domains

 
 logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log
-domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

@@ -1681,8 +1681,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new)
 current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns
 the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1704,12 +1704,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes
 callback
  when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(),
@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ re-checking, and 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
@@ -1774,8 +1774,8 @@ re-checking, and 
nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);
 
Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async()
 call.

 

@@ -1794,12 +1794,12 @@ call.

 
 
 
result

-
the GAsyncResult

+
the GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route,
 then this function returns the active connection that contains the
 route to the VPN endpoint.

 
If there is no default route, or the default route is over a
-non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray

 
The “connectivity” property

-
  “connectivity”             guint

+
  “connectivity”             guint

 
The network connectivity state.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4

@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray

 

 

 
The “manager-running” property

-
  “manager-running”          gboolean

+
  “manager-running”          gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray

 

 

 
The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

 
Whether networking is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean

+
  “startup”                  gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is still starting up.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint

+
  “state”                    guint

 
The current daemon state.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 70

@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *

+
  “version”                  gchar *

 
The NetworkManager version.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

 
Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

 
Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

 
Whether wireless is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

 
Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

 
Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

 
Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2371,8 +2371,8 @@ see 
The “any-device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2402,15 +2402,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “any-device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2440,15 +2440,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2478,15 +2478,15 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2516,16 +2516,16 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “permission-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     permission,
+               guint     result,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a permission has changed

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2559,7 +2559,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html
index 11fe30c1..e129425a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_dhcp4_config_new ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp4_config_get_options ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDHCP4Config
 

@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_dhcp4_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_dhcp4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMDHCP4Config.

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_new (
 
nm_dhcp4_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (NMDHCP4Config *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
+
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

 
Flags: Read

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html
index 9b8efeca..c9454d18 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_dhcp6_config_new ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp6_config_get_options ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDHCP6Config
 

@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_dhcp6_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_dhcp6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMDHCP6Config.

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_new (
 
nm_dhcp6_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (NMDHCP6Config *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
+
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

 
Flags: Read

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html
index 60784ecb..73cd6f9c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_error_quark ()
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_new ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_managed ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_get_available_connections ()
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_get_mtu ()
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_software ()
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_real ()
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_device_filter_connections ()
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_valid ()
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_compatible ()
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_device_get_setting_type ()
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write
 
@@ -387,12 +387,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 capabilities
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 device-type
 Read
 
@@ -410,36 +410,36 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver-version
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 firmware-missing
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 firmware-version
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 interface
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 ip-interface
 Read
 
@@ -456,34 +456,34 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 managed
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 physical-port-id
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 product
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 real
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state
 Read
 
@@ -494,13 +494,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 udi
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 vendor
 Read
 
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
 
 void
 state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDevice if necessary.

 

@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ nm_device_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_device_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDevice.

@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (
 
Returns

-
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
+
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
 This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (
 
nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

 

 

 

@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
nm_device_set_managed ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);

+                       gboolean managed);

 
Enables or disables management of  NMDevice by NetworkManager.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
managed

-
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  
 
 
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
 
nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

 

 

 

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);

+                           gboolean autoconnect);

 
Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
autoconnect

-
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  
 
 
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
 
nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ to be missing.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
+
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

 

 

@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

+
 the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
+
 the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
 using DHCP. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

+
 the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
+
 the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
 using DHCP. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ the state (reason
 
 
 
reason

-
 location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL. 

+
 location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL. 

 [out][allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
+
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
 not part of an active connection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ not part of an active connection. 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ be activated on device
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by
 the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

 
const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);

-
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
+
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
 an opaque string that can be used to recognize when
 seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual
 ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
+
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
 ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and
 must not be modified.

 

@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (
 
nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

@@ -1450,15 +1450,15 @@ nm_device_is_software (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if device
-is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+
 TRUE if device
+is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

 

 
Since: 1.0

 

 

 

 
nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
+
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
 that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

 

@@ -1611,8 +1611,8 @@ devices in devices
 
NMDeviceCallbackFn ()

 
void
 (*NMDeviceCallbackFn) (NMDevice *device,
-                       GError *error,
-                       gpointer user_data);

+                       GError *error,
+                       gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ devices in devices
 
void
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
                       NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
-                      gpointer user_data);

+                      gpointer user_data);

 
Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from
 automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection
 request.

@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ operation completes. 

 
void
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
                   NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);
 
Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1696,9 +1696,9 @@ operation completes. 

 

 

 
nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GSList *connections);

+                              const GSList *connections);

 
Filters a given list of connections for a given NMDevice object and return
 connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device
 
@@ -1738,14 +1738,14 @@ list of g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                             NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
@@ -1782,17 +1782,17 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
 whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if
 device
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ against

 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1835,14 +1835,14 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
@@ -1874,8 +1874,8 @@ that can be used on device
 
NMDeviceDeactivateFn ()

 
void
 (*NMDeviceDeactivateFn) (NMDevice *device,
-                         GError *error,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         GError *error,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
NMDeviceDeactivateFn is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

 

 

@@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “capabilities” property

-
  “capabilities”             guint

+
  “capabilities”             guint

 
The capabilities of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “device-type” property

-
  “device-type”              guint

+
  “device-type”              guint

 
The numeric type of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *

+
  “driver”                   gchar *

 
The driver of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *

+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

 
The version of the device driver.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2135,8 +2135,8 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
+
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
 for its operation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

 
The firmware version of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *

+
  “interface”                gchar *

 
The interface of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

 
The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related
 operations like addressing and routing.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean

+
  “managed”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
The MTU of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 1500

@@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

 
The physical port ID of the device. (See
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *

+
  “product”                  gchar *

 
The product string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean

+
  “real”                     gboolean

 
Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could
 be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint

+
  “state”                    guint

 
The state of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *

+
  “udi”                      gchar *

 
An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not
 unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs.  It
 is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem)
@@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 

 

 
The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *

+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

 
The vendor string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2269,10 +2269,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     new_state,
+               guint     old_state,
+               guint     reason,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
index 13c841d8..21400ea3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_new ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceAdsl if necessary.

 

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_adsl_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_adsl_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceAdsl.

@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_new (
 
nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html
index fbf58671..7d1c2e72 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_bond_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_bond_new ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bond_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBond if necessary.

 

@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ nm_device_bond_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_bond_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_bond_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceBond.

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
index e7ada784..5f52e880 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_new ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bridge_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBridge if necessary.

 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_error_quark (voi
 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_bridge_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                       const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceBridge.

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html
index 3731465a..f327a79e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_bt_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_bt_new ()
@@ -92,19 +92,19 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bt-capabilities
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_bt_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bt_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBt if necessary.

 

@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ nm_device_bt_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_device_bt_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_bt_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                   const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceBt.

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
Property Details

 

 
The “bt-capabilities” property

-
  “bt-capabilities”          guint

+
  “bt-capabilities”          guint

 
The device's bluetooth capabilities, a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the bluetooth device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
index f56635c2..edacce54 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_new ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 speed
 Read
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceEthernet if necessary.

 

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (v
 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_ethernet_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceEthernet.

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

 

@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (
 
nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
The speed of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
index 3e5c9e7f..8b6d96e0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_generic_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_generic_new ()
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type-description
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_generic_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceGeneric if necessary.

 

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_device_generic_error_quark (vo
 

 

 
nm_device_generic_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_generic_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceGeneric.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *

-
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
+
  “type-description”         gchar *

+
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
 if not known.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
index c3bf0497..b78ee666 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_new ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceInfiniband if necessary.

 

@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (
 

 
nm_device_infiniband_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_infiniband_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                           const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceInfiniband.

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html
index b14fa0dd..4502c746 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_modem_error_quark ()
@@ -78,12 +78,12 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 current-capabilities
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 modem-capabilities
 Read
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_modem_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_modem_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceModem if necessary.

 

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ a firmware reload or other reinitialization

 
Property Details

 

 
The “current-capabilities” property

-
  “current-capabilities”     guint

+
  “current-capabilities”     guint

 
The generic family of access technologies the modem currently supports
 without a firmware reload or reinitialization.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ without a firmware reload or reinitialization.

 

 

 
The “modem-capabilities” property

-
  “modem-capabilities”       guint

+
  “modem-capabilities”       guint

 
The generic family of access technologies the modem supports.  Not all
 capabilities are available at the same time however; some modems require
 a firmware reload or other reinitialization to switch between eg
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
index e3d0f708..49db2d07 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_new ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 active-channel
 Read
 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceOlpcMesh if necessary.

 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (
 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                          const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceOlpcMesh.

@@ -251,14 +251,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

 
Returns

-
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

+
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 
Property Details

 

 
The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint

+
  “active-channel”           guint

 
The device's active channel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index 679a7119..fd789de1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_team_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_team_new ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_team_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceTeam if necessary.

 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ nm_device_team_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_team_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_team_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceTeam.

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Gets the devices currently enslaved to device
 .

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index a69c1e1b..ba164eda 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_new ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceVlan if necessary.

 

@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_vlan_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceVlan.

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint

+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

 
The device's VLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
index 6affb17b..f2336067 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_error_quark ()
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_new ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()
@@ -160,29 +160,29 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bitrate
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 wireless-capabilities
 Read
 
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@
 
 void
 access-point-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 access-point-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_wifi_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceWifi if necessary.

 

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_wifi_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceWifi.

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing all the
+
 a GPtrArray containing all the
 scanned NMAccessPoints.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -547,8 +547,8 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn ()

 
void
 (*NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn) (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                              GError *error,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              GError *error,
+                              gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_simple (NMDeviceWifi *device,
                                     NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on the NMDeviceWifi. This function only
 instructs NM to perform scanning. Use nm_device_wifi_get_access_points()
 to get available access points.

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint

+
  “bitrate”                  guint

 
The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The mode of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 3

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “wireless-capabilities” property

-
  “wireless-capabilities”    guint

+
  “wireless-capabilities”    guint

 
The wireless capabilities of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -771,8 +771,8 @@ required by the connection

 
The “access-point-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -801,15 +801,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “access-point-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
index 2ecf398f..c0140098 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_error_quark ()
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_new ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()
@@ -147,23 +147,23 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bsid
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 center-frequency
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 cinr
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -174,12 +174,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 rssi
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 tx-power
 Read
 
@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@
 
 void
 nsp-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 nsp-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void
 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_wimax_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *path);

 

@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
 a GPtrArray containing
 all the scanned NMWimaxNsps.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

 

 

 

@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *

+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

 
The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
 no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint

+
  “center-frequency”         guint

 
The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
 communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint

+
  “cinr”                     gint

 
CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
 in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
 meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint

+
  “rssi”                     gint

 
RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
 the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
 indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint

+
  “tx-power”                 gint

 
Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
 0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
 -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ device is not connected.

 
The “nsp-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -873,15 +873,15 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “nsp-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html
index 98502b91..3c59cb84 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_new ()
@@ -57,42 +57,42 @@
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_addresses ()
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_routes ()
 
 
 
-const GArray *
+const GArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_domains ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_searches ()
 
 
 
-const GArray *
+const GArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 
 
 
-gpointer
+gpointer
 addresses
 Read
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gpointer
+gpointer
 routes
 Read
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIP4Config
 

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_ip4_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_ip4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                    const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMIP4Config.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip4_config_get_addresses ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the IP4 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses.
+
 the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP4Address]

 

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. 
 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_routes ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip4_config_get_routes (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing
+
 the GSList containing
 NMIP4Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration,
 and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP4Route]

@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers ()

-
const GArray *
+
const GArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

 

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GArray containing guint32s.
+
 the GArray containing guint32s.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be
 modified. 

 
[element-type guint32]

@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_domains ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_domains (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the domain names.

 

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the
+
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the
 internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_searches ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_searches (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the dns searches.

 

@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the
+
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the
 internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers ()

-
const GArray *
+
const GArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the Windows Internet Name Service servers (WINS).

 

@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GArray containing guint32s.
+
 the GArray containing guint32s.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be
 modified. 

 
[element-type guint32]

@@ -486,21 +486,21 @@ modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                gpointer

-
The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                gpointer

+
The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “domains” property

 
  “domains”                  NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IP4 gateway address of the configuration as string.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -510,21 +510,21 @@ modified. 

 

 
The “nameservers” property

 
  “nameservers”              NMUintArray *

-
The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

+
The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   gpointer

-
The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   gpointer

+
The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “searches” property

 
  “searches”                 NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ modified. 

 

 
The “wins-servers” property

 
  “wins-servers”             NMUintArray *

-
The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

+
The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html
index 18699ab2..b5452db9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_new ()
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_addresses ()
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_routes ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers ()
@@ -86,21 +86,21 @@
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_domains ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_searches ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIP6Config
 

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_ip6_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_ip6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                    const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMIP6Config.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip6_config_get_addresses ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the IP6 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing
+
 the GSList containing
 NMIP6Addresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration
 and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP6Address]

@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_routes ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_routes (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing
+
 the GSList containing
 NMIP6Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration,
 and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP6Route]

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the number of the domain name servers in the configuration.

 

@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (
nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver ()

 
const struct in6_addr *
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (NMIP6Config *config,
-                              guint32 idx);

+                              guint32 idx);

 
Gets the domain name server at index idx
  in the configuration.

 

@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (
 
nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

 
[skip]

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which
+
 a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which
 contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.  This is the
 internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

 

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_domains ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip6_config_get_domains (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the domain names.

 

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings.
+
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_searches ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip6_config_get_searches (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the dns searches.

 

@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings.
+
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -518,8 +518,8 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 
The “addresses” property

 
  “addresses”                NMIP6AddressObjectArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses;  use
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
+
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses;  use
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
 NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

 
Flags: Read

 

@@ -527,13 +527,13 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 
The “domains” property

 
  “domains”                  NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IPv6 gateway as string

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 
The “nameservers” property

 
  “nameservers”              NMIP6AddressArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which
+
The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which
 contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

@@ -551,8 +551,8 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

 

 
The “routes” property

 
  “routes”                   NMIP6RouteObjectArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes;  use
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
+
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes;  use
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
 NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

 
Flags: Read

 

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

 

 
The “searches” property

 
  “searches”                 NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html
index e93478aa..1462d545 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_object_error_quark ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dbus-path
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 
 void
 object-creation-failed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMClient
         ├── NMDevice
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_object_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_object_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMObject if necessary.

 

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “dbus-path” property

-
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

+
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 
Default value: NULL

 

@@ -291,9 +291,9 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
The “object-creation-failed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMObject *master_object,
-               gpointer  error,
-               gpointer  failed_path,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               gpointer  error,
+               gpointer  failed_path,
+               gpointer  user_data)

 
Indicates that an error occured while creating an NMObject object
 during property handling of master_object
 .

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ during property handling of master_object
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
index 03722499..475a6c76 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()
@@ -148,12 +148,12 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dbus-path
 Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 unsaved
 Read
 
@@ -172,17 +172,17 @@
 
 void
 removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 updated
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 visible
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMConnection
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_remote_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_remote_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMRemoteConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_error_quark (
NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GError *error,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GError *error,
+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Called when NetworkManager has finished an asynchronous operation on a
 connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

 

@@ -290,9 +290,9 @@ connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

 
NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     GHashTable *secrets,
-                                     GError *error,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     GHashTable *secrets,
+                                     GError *error,
+                                     gpointer user_data);

 
Called when NetworkManager returns secrets in response to a request for
 secrets via nm_remote_connection_get_secrets().

 

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ secrets via 
secrets

 
 on success, a hash table of
-hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue
+hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue
 containing that property's value. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (
 
Returns

-
 the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure

+
 the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure

 

 

 

@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                      NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to
 NetworkManager, which will immediately save them to disk.

 

@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ commit completes. 

 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_unsaved
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                 NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to
 NetworkManager.  The changes are not saved to disk until either
 nm_remote_connection_save() or nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() is
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ commit completes. 

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                            NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                           gpointer user_data);

+                           gpointer user_data);

 
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 

@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ save completes. 

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                              NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);

 
Delete the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
                                   NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Request the connection's secrets.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (
 
callback

 
 a function to be called when the update completes;
-must not be NULL. 

+must not be NULL. 

 [scope async]
 
 
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ must not be NULL. 

 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -589,8 +589,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
-been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
+
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
+been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
 representation.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -681,16 +681,16 @@ representation.

 

 

 
The “dbus-path” property

-
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

+
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

 
Flags: Write / Construct Only

 
Default value: NULL

 

 

 

 
The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
-to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
+to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its
 
The “removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)

 
This signal is emitted when a connection is either deleted or becomes
 invisible to the current user.

 

@@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ invisible to the current user.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “updated” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)

 
This signal is emitted when a connection changes, and it is
 still visible to the user.

 

@@ -759,16 +759,16 @@ still visible to the user.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “visible” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *nmremoteconnection,
-               gboolean            arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gboolean            arg1,
+               gpointer            user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html
index cf4f2ecd..9e3e32cd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_error_quark ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_list_connections ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_load_connections ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_reload_connections ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_save_hostname ()
@@ -189,18 +189,18 @@
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 can-modify
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hostname
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 service-running
 Read
 
@@ -219,12 +219,12 @@
 
 void
 connections-read
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 new-connection
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMRemoteSettings
 

 

@@ -366,15 +366,15 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

           gpointer user_data)
 {
    if (error)
-       g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message);
+       g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message);
    else {
-       g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote)));
+       g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote)));
        /* Use 'remote' with nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() to save
         * changes and nm_remote_connection_delete() to delete the connection */
    }
 }
 
-static gboolean
+static gboolean
 add_wired_connection (const char *human_name)
 {
    NMConnection *connection;
@@ -388,12 +388,12 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

    /* Build up the 'connection' setting */
    s_con = (NMSettingConnection *) nm_setting_connection_new ();
    uuid = nm_utils_uuid_generate ();
-   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con),
+   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con),
                  NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_UUID, uuid,
                  NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_ID, human_name,
                  NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_TYPE, NM_SETTING_WIRED_SETTING_NAME,
-                 NULL);
-   g_free (uuid);
+                 NULL);
+   g_free (uuid);
    nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_con));
 
    /* Add the required 'wired' setting as this is a wired connection */
@@ -401,9 +401,9 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

 
    /* Add an 'ipv4' setting using AUTO configuration (eg DHCP) */
    s_ip4 = (NMSettingIP4Config *) nm_setting_ip4_config_new ();
-   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4),
+   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4),
                  NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO,
-                 NULL);
+                 NULL);
    nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_ip4));
 
    /* Ask NetworkManager to store the connection */
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

 
    /* Release the template connection; the actual stored connection will
     * be returned in added_cb() */
-   g_object_unref (connection);
+   g_object_unref (connection);
 
    /* Let glib event loop run and added_cb() will be called when NetworkManager
     * is done adding the new connection. */
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_remote_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_remote_settings_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMRemoteSettings if necessary.

 

@@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v
 
void
 (*NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                       NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GError *error,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -453,16 +453,16 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v
 (*NMRemoteSettingsLoadConnectionsFunc)
                                (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                 char **failures,
-                                GError *error,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GError *error,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

 
NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                     GError *error,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     GError *error,
+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ want to avoid that.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure

+
 the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure

 

 

 

@@ -498,9 +498,9 @@ want to avoid that.

 
nm_remote_settings_new_async ()

 
void
 nm_remote_settings_new_async (DBusGConnection *bus,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                              gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a new object representing the remote settings service and
 begins asynchronously initializing it. callback
  will be called
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ result.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -544,8 +544,8 @@ result.

 

 
nm_remote_settings_new_finish ()

 
NMRemoteSettings *
-nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                               GError **error);

+nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                               GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_remote_settings_new_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -558,12 +558,12 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GA
 
 
 
result

-
a GAsyncResult

+
a GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GA
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error

+
 a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_list_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_remote_settings_list_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ list containing all connections provided by the remote settings service.
 Each element of the returned list is a NMRemoteConnection instance, which is
 owned by the NMRemoteSettings object and should not be freed by the caller.
 The returned list is, however, owned by the caller and should be freed
-using g_slist_free() when no longer required. 

+using g_slist_free() when no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMRemoteConnection]

 

 

@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_id
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
 matching object was found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_uuid
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -723,11 +723,11 @@ not known. 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_add_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
                                    NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  The connection is immediately written to disk.  connection
  is
@@ -776,18 +776,18 @@ added, not the object itself

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved
                                (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  The connection is not written to disk, which may be done at
 a later time by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes()
@@ -828,29 +828,29 @@ added, not the object itself

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_load_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                      char **filenames,
                                      char ***failures,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files,
 adding or updating the connections described within.

 
The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in
 settings
 's connections array when the function returns.

 
If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the
-function will return TRUE, and failures
- will be set to NULL. If
+function will return TRUE, and failures
+ will be set to NULL. If
 NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed,
 then failures
- will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
+ will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
 filenames that failed to load.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -868,18 +868,18 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 
 
 
filenames

-
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

+
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

  
 
 
 
failures

-
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -887,18 +887,18 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_reload_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until
 the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -926,18 +926,18 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_save_hostname (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                   const char *hostname,
                                   NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ or cleared.

 
 
 
hostname

-
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing
+
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing
 persistent hostname

  
 
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ hostname operation completes. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

@@ -1085,15 +1085,15 @@ to the system bus if not specified.

 

 

 
The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *

+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

 
The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be
 modified by calling nm_remote_settings_save_hostname().

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ modified by calling 
 
The “service-running” property

-
  “service-running”          gboolean

+
  “service-running”          gboolean

 
Whether the settings service is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1114,17 +1114,17 @@ modified by calling 
The “connections-read” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
-               gpointer          user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer          user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “new-connection” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
-               GObject          *arg1,
-               gpointer          user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GObject          *arg1,
+               gpointer          user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html
index 31b4ed10..57c90af4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_register ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_unregister ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_get_registered ()
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 auto-register
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -146,12 +146,12 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 identifier
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 registered
 Read
 
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 void
 registration-result
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgent
 

 

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void
 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *secrets,
-                                GError *error,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GHashTable *secrets,
+                                GError *error,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgent subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to
 return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with
@@ -279,16 +279,16 @@ something like this:

 
 secrets = nm_connection_new ();
 s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new ();
-g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
+g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
               NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK",
-              NULL);
+              NULL);
 nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec));
 secrets_hash = nm_connection_to_hash (secrets, NM_SETTING_HASH_FLAG_ALL);
 
 (call the NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc with secrets_hash)
 
-g_object_unref (secrets);
-g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash);

+g_object_unref (secrets);
+g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash);

       
     
   
@@ -313,17 +313,17 @@ something like this:

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were requested,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
 
 
secrets

-
 the GHashTable containing
+
 the GHashTable containing
 the requested secrets in the same format as an NMConnection hash (as
 created by nm_connection_to_hash() for example).  Each key in secrets
 should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
-and each value should be a GHashTable.  The sub-hashes map string:GValue
+and each value should be a GHashTable.  The sub-hashes map string:GValue
 where the string is the setting property name (like "psk") and the value
 is the secret. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
@@ -348,8 +348,8 @@ is the secret. 

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError *error,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GError *error,
+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgent subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -395,8 +395,8 @@ has returned. 

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GError *error,
+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgent subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ has returned. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_register (NMSecretAgent *self);

 
Registers the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save
@@ -463,15 +463,15 @@ asynchronous operation and its success or failure is indicated via the
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does
-not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not
+
 a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does
+not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not
 successfully requested.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_unregister (NMSecretAgent *self);

 
Unregisters the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is will no longer provide or
@@ -493,13 +493,13 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.

+
 a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_get_registered (NMSecretAgent *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_registered (
 

 
Returns

-
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

 

 

 

@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_secrets (const char **hints,
                              NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                              NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);

 
Asyncronously retrieve secrets belonging to connection
  for the
 setting setting_name
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 nm_secret_agent_save_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
                               NMConnection *connection,
                               NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              gpointer user_data);

 
Asyncronously ensure that all secrets inside connection
 
 are stored to disk.

@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ are stored to disk.

 nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously ask the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to
 connection
 .

@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ results or carrier changes.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean

+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

 
If TRUE, the agent will attempt to automatically register itself after
 it is created (via an idle handler) and to re-register itself if
 NetworkManager restarts.  If FALSE, the agent does not automatically
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ called, which re-enables auto-registration.

 

 

 
The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *

+
  “identifier”               gchar *

 
Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the
 same identifier.  Identifier formatting follows the same rules as
 D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not
@@ -921,8 +921,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 

 

 
The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean

-
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean

+
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

@@ -933,8 +933,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 
The “registration-result” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-               gpointer       error,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               gpointer       error,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Indicates the result of a registration request; if error
  is NULL the
 request was successful.

@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ request was successful.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html
index 2927ef54..dd9eceb4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_vpn_connection_new ()
@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 banner
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vpn-state
 Read
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 void
 vpn-state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVPNConnection
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_connection_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_vpn_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMVPNConnection.

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *

+
  “banner”                   gchar *

 
The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “vpn-state” property

-
  “vpn-state”                guint

+
  “vpn-state”                guint

 
The VPN state of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -265,10 +265,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
The “vpn-state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVPNConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint            arg1,
+               guint            arg2,
+               gpointer         user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
index bd4e5f61..a1a572a7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_new ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()
@@ -102,17 +102,17 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 network-type
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 signal-quality
 Read
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_wimax_nsp_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                   const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMWimaxNsp.

@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (
 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 
Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

 

@@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GSList *connections);

+                                 const GSList *connections);

 
Filters a given list of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and
 return connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the nsp
@@ -310,14 +310,14 @@ list of g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the
@@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             guint

+
  “network-type”             guint

 
The network type of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint

+
  “signal-quality”           guint

 
The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html
index 4b122c6a..d0856e4d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for libnm-glib 1.8.4
+      for libnm-glib 1.9.90
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-glib/stable/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html
index bddd1d20..d9b23d32 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -242,28 +242,28 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_failure (NMVPNPlugi
 
nm_vpn_plugin_set_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                          GHashTable *config);

+                          GHashTable *config);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                              GHashTable *ip4_config);

+                              GHashTable *ip4_config);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                              GHashTable *ip6_config);

+                              GHashTable *ip6_config);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                          GError **err);

+                          GError **err);

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html
index 27425426..5aafbb19 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets ()
@@ -249,13 +249,13 @@
 

 
NMVpnPluginUiFactory ()

 
NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
-(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);

+(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory ()

 
NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
-nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);

+nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);
 

 

 

@@ -263,12 +263,12 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError<
 
NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_ui_factory (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                        NMConnection *connection,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GError **error);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities
                                (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface);

 

@@ -278,16 +278,16 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities
 
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                    const char *path,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                    const char *path,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -300,37 +300,37 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_suggested_name
 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection
                                (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

 

 

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets
 

 

 
enum NMVpnPluginUiInterfaceProp

-
GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain
+
GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain
 information to UI programs.

 

 
Members

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html
index bf1068e6..b268a957 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details ()
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details (int fd,
-                                      GHashTable **out_data,
-                                      GHashTable **out_secrets);

+                                      GHashTable **out_data,
+                                      GHashTable **out_secrets);

 
Parses key/value pairs from a file descriptor (normally stdin) passed by
 an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

 

@@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
                                       const char *secret_name,
                                       NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

 
Given a VPN secret key name, attempts to find the corresponding flags data
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ item in data
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
-to flags, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
+to flags, FALSE if not

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html
index 6cae5944..34147dad 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 

 Object Hierarchy

 
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMObject
     │   ├── NMClient
     │   ├── NMDevice
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml
index bfa363e7..1f707060 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.8.4
+1.9.90
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in
index 68980d26..b63e8bd7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in
@@ -149,7 +149,6 @@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
 AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
 AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
 AWK = @AWK@
-BINUTILS_NM = @BINUTILS_NM@
 BLUEZ5_CFLAGS = @BLUEZ5_CFLAGS@
 BLUEZ5_LIBS = @BLUEZ5_LIBS@
 CC = @CC@
@@ -171,6 +170,7 @@ DBUS_SYS_DIR = @DBUS_SYS_DIR@
 DEFS = @DEFS@
 DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DHCLIENT_PATH = @DHCLIENT_PATH@
+DHCPCANON_PATH = @DHCPCANON_PATH@
 DHCPCD_PATH = @DHCPCD_PATH@
 DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE = @DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE@
 DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
@@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
 ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
 ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
 ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+ac_ct_NM = @ac_ct_NM@
 ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
 am__include = @am__include@
 am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
@@ -420,6 +421,7 @@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
 top_builddir = @top_builddir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
 with_dhclient = @with_dhclient@
+with_dhcpcanon = @with_dhcpcanon@
 with_dhcpcd = @with_dhcpcd@
 with_netconfig = @with_netconfig@
 with_resolvconf = @with_resolvconf@
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html
index 3373aa61..1d29a15e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_replace_settings ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_compare ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_diff ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_normalize ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_update_secrets ()
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_type ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_connection_to_hash ()
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 path
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -538,17 +538,17 @@
 
 void
 changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 secrets-cleared
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 secrets-updated
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -598,9 +598,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMConnection
 

 

@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters
 
Functions

 

 
nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ nm_connection_new (void
 
nm_connection_new_from_hash ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
-                             GError **error);

+nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
+                             GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMConnection from a hash table describing the connection.  See
 nm_connection_to_hash() for a description of the expected hash table.

 

@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHas
 
 
 
hash

-
 the GHashTable describing
+
 the GHashTable describing
 the connection. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
 
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ the connection. 

 

 
Returns

 
 the new NMConnection object, populated with settings created
-from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to
+from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to
 validate

 

 

@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const 
 
Returns

-
 the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown. 

+
 the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -777,8 +777,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

 
nm_connection_remove_setting ()

 
void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);

-
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
+                              GType setting_type);
+
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
 operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ operation dereferences the 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to remove

+
the GType of the setting object to remove

  
 
 
@@ -808,8 +808,8 @@ operation dereferences the 
nm_connection_get_setting ()

 
NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);

-
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
+                           GType setting_type);
+
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
 to the NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ to the 
 
 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to return

+
the GType of the setting object to return

  
 
 
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ to the 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
 added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ the 
 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
 added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -880,10 +880,10 @@ added to the 
 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GHashTable *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -900,12 +900,12 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE
 if they were not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMConnection *new_connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Deep-copies the settings of new_conenction
  and replaces the settings of connection
 
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ with

 
 

-
+
@@ -959,9 +959,9 @@ with

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE
-if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection
-is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify
+
 TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE
+if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection
+is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify
 at the end of the operation.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ at the end of the operation.

 

 

 
nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -1005,17 +1005,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

 
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See nm_setting_compare() for a description of
 each flag's behavior.  If the connections differ, settings and keys within
@@ -1059,16 +1059,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
+
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
 not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

 
Validates the connection and all its settings.  Each setting's properties
 have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values.  For
 example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the
 connection for the connection to be valid.  As another example, the
 NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted
-MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
+MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
 setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1102,22 +1102,22 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

 
Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies
 and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way,
 the output parameter modified
- is set TRUE.

-
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
+ is set TRUE.

+
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
 is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps
 it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that
 cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1137,10 +1137,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 
 

-
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 
 
-
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
Since: 1.0

 
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 
nm_connection_need_secrets ()

 
const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);

+                            GPtrArray **hints);
 
Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would
 need secrets to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only
 intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some
@@ -1191,10 +1191,10 @@ secrets are needed.

 
 
-
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -1273,16 +1273,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GHashTable *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GHashTable *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

 
Update the specified setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets
 intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).  Will also
 extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a hash of hashes, as would
 be returned from nm_connection_to_hash().  If setting_name
- is NULL, expects
+ is NULL, expects
 a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_hash() and
 will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets
 .

@@ -1307,14 +1307,14 @@ will update all secrets from all settings contained in 
 

-
-
+
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
 failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

 

 
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ nm_connection_get_virtual_iface_name (NULL.

+connection types, this function will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
new_settings
 a GHashTable of settings. 
 a GHashTable of settings. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
parameters
 a GHashTable with
+
 a GHashTable with
 normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing
 specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be
-used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
+used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
 The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 [allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]
 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
+
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
 why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  
 

 
hints
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
-return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
+
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
+return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
 secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array
-and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
+and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
 elements. 

 [out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
 

 
secrets
 a GHashTable mapping
-string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name
+
 a GHashTable mapping
+string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name
 . 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ connection types, this function will return NULL.
 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

 

 
 

@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ connection types, this function will return NULL.const char *
 nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);
 
Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name.
-If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

 
For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager,
 this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by
 NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1442,14 +1442,14 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

 

 
Since: 1.0

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1482,8 +1482,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
-, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
+, FALSE if not

 

 
 

@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection,
 calling the supplied user function for each property.

 

@@ -1527,14 +1527,14 @@ at each invocation

 

 

 
nm_connection_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_connection_to_hash (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
 suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing.  The hash table mapping
-is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
+is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
 a NMSetting object.  The keys are setting object names, and the values
-are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
+are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
 properties of the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1561,9 +1561,9 @@ properties of the 
 
Returns

 
 a new
-GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's
+GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's
 properties.  The caller owns the hash table and must unref the hash table
-with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed. 

+with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed. 

 
[transfer full][element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

 

 

@@ -1594,9 +1594,9 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 

 

 
nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1614,16 +1614,16 @@ nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const 
 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class

+
 the GType of the setting's class

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark
-                               (GQuark error_quark);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark.
+                               (GQuark error_quark);

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark.
 Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class

+
 the GType of the setting's class

 

 

 

@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
Returns

 
 the name of connection
 's device,
-or NULL if connection
+or NULL if connection
 is not a virtual connection type. 

 
[transfer full]

 
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security
 
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *

+
  “path”                     gchar *

 
The connection's D-Bus path, used only by the calling process as a record
 of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

 
The “changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               gpointer      user_data)
 
The ::changed signal is emitted when any property of any property
 (including secrets) of any setting of the connection is modified,
 or when settings are added or removed.

@@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

 
The “secrets-cleared” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               gpointer      user_data)
 
The ::secrets-cleared signal is emitted when the secrets of a connection
 are cleared.

 

@@ -2647,15 +2647,15 @@ are cleared.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “secrets-updated” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gchar        *setting_name,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               gchar        *setting_name,
+               gpointer      user_data)
 
The ::secrets-updated signal is emitted when the secrets of a setting
 have been changed.

 

@@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ updated

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html
index e6ad3db8..d91cd184 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_setting_to_hash ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_compare ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_diff ()
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_need_secrets ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_update_secrets ()
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read / Write
 
@@ -271,13 +271,13 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
     ├── NMSettingDiffResult
     ├── NMSettingError
     ├── NMSettingHashFlags
     ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ├── NMSetting8021x
         ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting if necessary.

 

@@ -336,11 +336,11 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

 
 

@@ -384,9 +384,9 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (voidvoid
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -429,10 +429,10 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_setting_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_setting_to_hash (NMSetting *setting,
                     NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
+
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
 name to a GValue describing that property, suitable for marshalling over
 D-Bus or serializing.  The mapping is string to GValue.

 

@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ D-Bus or serializing.  The mapping is string to GValue.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new GHashTable
+
 a new GHashTable
 describing the setting's properties. 

 
[transfer full][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ describing the setting's properties. 

 

 
nm_setting_new_from_hash ()

 
NMSetting *
-nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
-                          GHashTable *hash);

+nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
+                          GHashTable *hash);

 
Creates a new NMSetting object and populates that object with the properties
 contained in the hash table, using each hash key as the property to set,
 and each hash value as the value to set that property to.  Setting properties
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ property names and value types.

 
 

-
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting. 

 

 
Returns

 
 a new NMSetting object populated with the properties from the
-hash table, or NULL on failure

+hash table, or NULL on failure

 

 
 

@@ -563,14 +563,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
-                   GSList *all_settings,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GSList *all_settings,
+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for all_settings
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ came. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -645,18 +645,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

 
 

@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 

 
 

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ leakage of information.

 
void
 nm_setting_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                      NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);
 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_need_secrets ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_need_secrets (NMSetting *setting);

 
Returns an array of property names for each secret which may be required
 to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only intended as a
@@ -867,9 +867,9 @@ is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
 a GPtrArray containing
 the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the
-caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not
+caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not
 free the elements. 

 
[transfer container][element-type utf8]

 

@@ -877,10 +877,10 @@ free the elements. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_update_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
-                           GHashTable *secrets,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GHashTable *secrets,
+                           GError **error);

 
Update the setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that
 setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

 

@@ -899,13 +899,13 @@ setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

 

-
+
-
+
@@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ string to GValue of setting property names and secrets
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to
 update one or more of the secrets.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -961,18 +961,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1009,8 +1009,8 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ needs to use if specified in the settings.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not
+
 Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not
 support this feature

 

 
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W
 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the
 connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for
 example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index ac021e02..6accaddd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -611,24 +611,24 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -639,25 +639,25 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -669,13 +669,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -705,29 +705,29 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -739,23 +739,23 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -923,11 +923,11 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
     ╰── NMSetting8021xError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 

@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ following books.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting8021x if necessary.

 

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);

 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1440,12 +1440,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

 

@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1521,14 +1521,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1624,8 +1624,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -1810,12 +1810,12 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

 

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 
 
 

@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 
@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ use 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2105,12 +2105,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2187,14 +2187,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2359,8 +2359,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -2793,13 +2793,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -2843,13 +2843,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3054,14 +3054,14 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3105,14 +3105,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

 
Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Used as the
 unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled
 identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ allowed combinations.

 

 

 
The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *

+
  “identity”                 gchar *

 
Identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Often the user's user or
 login name.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
 property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-raw-flags” property

-
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

+
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password-raw” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

 
Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when
 FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property.
 Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated
@@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

 
Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS
 servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with
 PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the
@@ -3715,7 +3715,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

 
Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in
 the “eap” property.  When unset, the version reported by
 the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it
@@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when
 an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods
 when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the
 “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either
 uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this property
@@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ private key by the 
 
The “phase2-private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

+
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ private key by the 
 
The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2"
 authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server
@@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint

+
  “pin-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ private key data.

 

 

 
The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the
 “private-key” property when the private key either uses the
 path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ the private key by the 
 
The “private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

+
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “private-key-password”
 property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *

+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the
 authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

@@ -3950,8 +3950,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

-
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
+
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

+
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
 “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory
 specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch.  The
 certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index 3800e74b..c6f0f43f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingAdslError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ properties of ADSL connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingAdsl if necessary.

 

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

 
Encapsulation of ADSL connection.  Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *

+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

 
ADSL connection protocol.  Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint

+
  “vci”                      guint

 
VCI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint

+
  “vpi”                      guint

 
VPI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
index 6e7bd29c..03dec3e2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+gchar *
 
@@ -139,9 +139,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBluetoothError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Point (NAP) profiles.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBluetooth if necessary.

 

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (NMSettingBluetooth *setting);

 
Gets the Bluetooth address of the remote device which this setting
 describes a connection to.

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal
 Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
index b0029134..0de77535 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -244,9 +244,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBondError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ necessary for bond connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBond if necessary.

 

@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -426,14 +426,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
hash
 the GHashTable containing a
+
 the GHashTable containing a
 string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting. 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 
all_settings
 a GSList of all settings
+
 a GSList of all settings
 in the connection from which setting
 came. 

 [element-type NMSetting]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm-util and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 

 
secrets
 a GHashTable mapping
-string to GValue of setting property names and secrets. 
 a GHashTable mapping
+string to GValue of setting property names and secrets. 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *anonymous-identity
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pac-file
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-raw-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peaplabel
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peapver
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-auth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-autheap
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 phase2-private-key-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 pin-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 private-key-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 system-ca-certs
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
  
 
  
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

   
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -123,40 +123,40 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *encapsulation
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *protocol
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vci
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vpi
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

@@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ the name
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel bonding network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index def9b327..d42dbb8e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -159,17 +159,17 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -233,9 +233,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgeError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ necessary for bridging connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridge if necessary.

 

@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_interface_name (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint

+
  “ageing-time”              guint

 
The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint

+
  “forward-delay”            guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint

+
  “hello-time”               guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel bridging network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint

+
  “max-age”                  guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge.  Lower
 values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root
 bridge.

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ bridge.

 

 

 
The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean

+
  “stp”                      gboolean

 
Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index 6910965b..110bf599 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgePortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ optional properties that apply to bridge ports.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridgePort if necessary.

 

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ is required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

-
Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

+
Enables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
 be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 

 

 
The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint

+
  “path-cost”                guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this
 port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ port.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index c84c81fe..2457eba8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingCdmaError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ networks, including those using CDMA2000/EVDO technology.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingCdma if necessary.

 

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ is missing in the connection

 
Property Details

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile
 broadband network, if any.  If not specified, the default number (777)
 is used when required.

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ is used when required.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index 0ceb772e..1e35f4c1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -292,30 +292,30 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -403,9 +403,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ a 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

@@ -627,13 +627,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the “permissions”
@@ -661,9 +661,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

-
+
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -772,14 +772,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

-
+
@@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid or it the permission was already
 present in the list

@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ present in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ be a username. See 
detail

-

+
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ be a username. See 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 

@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 forward-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 hello-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 max-age
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 stp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -94,17 +94,17 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hairpin-mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 path-cost
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -246,30 +246,30 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 gateway-ping-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *master
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 read-only
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *slave-type
 Read / Write
 

 
guint64guint64
 timestamp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *uuid
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *zone
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
out_detail
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 

 

 
detail
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 
Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1167,14 +1167,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1361,10 +1361,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by
 NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available.
-TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
+TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
 intervention to activate the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

 

 

 
The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

 
If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the
 timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi"
 or "T-Mobile 3G".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not
 set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the
 appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 
The “permissions” property

 
  “permissions”              GSList_gchararray_ *

 
An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this
-connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
+connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
 this connection.  Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection
 if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form
 "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@ use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean

-
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
-service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
+
  “read-only”                gboolean

+
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
+service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
 connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ supported.

 

 

 
The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *

+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

 
Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg,
-NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
+NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
 slave.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ slave.

 

 

 
The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64

+
  “timestamp”                guint64

 
The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last
 _successfully_ fully activated.

 
NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should
 contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie,
 "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

 

 

 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated
 with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and
 never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same
@@ -1506,9 +1506,9 @@ be generated by 
 
The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *

+
  “zone”                     gchar *

 
The trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string
-(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
+(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
 the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the
 firewall.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index 10658169..eecb65d2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -418,10 +418,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingDcbError
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 

@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ of storage technologies like Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and iSCSI.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingDcb if necessary.

 

@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -677,10 +677,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -237,38 +237,38 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 app-fcoe-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *app-fcoe-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 app-fcoe-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 app-fip-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-fip-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 app-iscsi-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-iscsi-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 priority-flow-control-flags
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 priority-group-flags
 Read / Write
 

@@ -705,9 +705,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -717,8 +717,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -780,9 +780,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -819,8 +819,8 @@ only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -857,10 +857,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -898,8 +898,8 @@ only valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);
+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -935,9 +935,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -974,8 +974,8 @@ These values are only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1012,10 +1012,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1040,9 +1040,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1053,8 +1053,8 @@ assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are o
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1078,9 +1078,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
@@ -1091,10 +1091,10 @@ its priority group, or FALSE if not

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not
 
 

 

@@ -1132,8 +1132,8 @@ valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);
 
 
 

@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ peer configuration advertisements

 
Property Details

 

 
The “app-fcoe-flags” property

-
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

+
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application.  Flags may
 be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

 
The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC
 (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “app-fip-flags” property

-
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

+
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application.  Flags may
 be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fip-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “app-iscsi-flags” property

-
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

+
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application.  Flags
 may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ may be any combination of 
 
The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1
 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ property includes the Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ transmit pause) and 1 (transmit pause).

 

 

 
The “priority-flow-control-flags” property

-
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

+
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC).
 Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1466,14 +1466,14 @@ Flags may be any combination of Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
The “priority-group-flags” property

-
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

+
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups.  Flags may be
 any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index 0594af15..64d598d3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -296,11 +296,11 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingGsmError
     ├── NMSettingGsmNetworkBand
     ╰── NMSettingGsmNetworkType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ networks, including those using GPRS/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technology.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGsm if necessary.

 

@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands has been deprecated since version 0.9.10 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ as the allowed frequency bands (
Property Details

 

 
The “allowed-bands” property

-
  “allowed-bands”            guint

+
  “allowed-bands”            guint

 
Bitfield of allowed frequency bands.  Note that not all devices allow
 frequency band control.  Permitted values are those specified by
 NMSettingGsmNetworkBand.

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ talking to ModemManager directly.

 

 

 
The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *

+
  “apn”                      gchar *

 
The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a
 data session with the GSM-based network.  The APN often determines how
 the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has
@@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM
 

 

 
The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean

-
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
+
  “home-only”                gboolean

+
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
 Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 

 

 
The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *

+
  “network-id”               gchar *

 
The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network
 registration.  If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will
 attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network.
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

 

 

 
The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             gint

+
  “network-type”             gint

 
Network preference to force the device to only use specific network
 technologies. The permitted values are NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_ANY,
 NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_UMTS_HSPA,
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ by talking to ModemManager directly.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based
 mobile broadband network.  Many modems do not require PPP for connections
 to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other
 operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the
 device.

@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint

+
  “pin-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
index 5219754e..7d30d675 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -570,33 +570,33 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -710,12 +710,12 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIP4Address
     ╰── NMIP4Route
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingIP4ConfigError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
 

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ properties related to IPv4 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP4Config if necessary.

 

@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip4_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_address_compare (NMIP4Address *address,
                         NMIP4Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Address objects contain the same values.

@@ -858,13 +858,13 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_address_get_address ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_address (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address property of this address object.

 

@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_address (
nm_ip4_address_set_address ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_address (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 addr);

+                            guint32 addr);

 
Sets the IPv4 address property of this object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_address (
 
nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip4_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (NMIP4Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);

+                           guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv4 address prefix.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (
 
nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

 

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (
nm_ip4_address_set_gateway ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_gateway (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 gateway);

+                            guint32 gateway);

 
Sets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip4_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_route_compare (NMIP4Route *route,
                       NMIP4Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Route objects contain the same values.

@@ -1146,13 +1146,13 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

 

@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_dest (
nm_ip4_route_set_dest ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_dest (NMIP4Route *route,
-                       guint32 dest);

+                       guint32 dest);

 
Sets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_dest (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip4_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);

+                         guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv4 prefix of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

 

@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (
nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route,
-                           guint32 next_hop);

+                           guint32 next_hop);

 
Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_metric (
nm_ip4_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_metric (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);

+                         guint32 metric);

 
Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_method (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1440,9 +1440,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);

+                               guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()
@@ -84,9 +84,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingGenericError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ the "connection type" setting on 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGeneric if necessary.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index 861d4f59..7f650a2f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()
@@ -152,63 +152,63 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 allowed-bands
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *apn
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 home-only
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-id
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 network-type
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 pin-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_compare ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_address ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_compare ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -537,23 +537,23 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-client-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 dhcp-send-hostname
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 dhcp-timeout
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -1475,9 +1475,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 dns);

+                               guint32 dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ known

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);
 
Removes the DNS server at index i
 .

 

@@ -1541,10 +1541,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 dns);

+                                guint32 dns);

 
Removes the DNS server dns
 .

 

@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.
 domain was already known

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 
 
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ domain was already known

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the DNS search domain at index i
 .

 

@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address ()

 
NMIP4Address *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);

+                                   guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                    NMIP4Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv4 address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 
@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ known.

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);
 
Removes the address at index i
 .

 

@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Address *address);

@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route ()

 
NMIP4Route *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);

+                                 guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                  NMIP4Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv4 route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 
 

@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);
 
Removes the route at index i
 .

 

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Route *route);

@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
@@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -2210,14 +2210,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ addresses via DHCP.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ fails or zero for "default".

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -2384,14 +2384,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
 for IPv4 addressing

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete
 for the connection to succeed.

 

 
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ either automatic or disabled with these methods.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

 
A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the
 DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2632,8 +2632,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2641,19 +2641,19 @@ specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

-
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
+
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

+
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially
 providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
 “dhcp-hostname” property is empty and this property is
-TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

+
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

 
Number of seconds after which the unfinished DHCP transaction fails
 or zero for default.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2685,8 +2685,8 @@ are used as the only search domains for this connection.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

-
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
 automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and
 only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
@@ -2697,8 +2697,8 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

-
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
 automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in
 the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2707,11 +2707,11 @@ the 
 

 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4
 configuration times out.  Note that at least one IP configuration must
 succeed or overall network configuration will still fail.  For example,
-in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
+in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
 network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6
 configuration completes successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IPv4 configuration method.  If "auto" is specified then the appropriate
 automatic method (DHCP, PPP, etc) is used for the interface and most
 other properties can be left unset.  If "link-local" is specified, then a
@@ -2739,8 +2739,8 @@ This property must be set.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection,
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection,
 meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2748,9 +2748,9 @@ meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
-The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically
+The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically
 based on the device type.
 The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that
 don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index c3be3123..b21a4e62 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -533,38 +533,38 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -677,13 +677,13 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIP6Address
     ╰── NMIP6Route
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigError
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
 

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ properties related to IPv6 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP6Config if necessary.

 

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_address_compare (NMIP6Address *address,
                         NMIP6Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Address objects contain the same values.

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (
 
nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (NMIP6Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv6 address prefix property of this address object.

 

@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (
nm_ip6_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_address_set_prefix (NMIP6Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);

+                           guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv6 address prefix.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_route_compare (NMIP6Route *route,
                       NMIP6Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Route objects contain the same values.

@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (
 
nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv6 prefix (ie "32" or "64" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip6_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_route_set_prefix (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);

+                         guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv6 prefix of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (
 
nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_metric (
nm_ip6_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_route_set_metric (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);

+                         guint32 metric);

 
Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_method (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns ()

 
const struct in6_addr *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);

+                               guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip6_address_compare ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_compare ()
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 ip6-privacy
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                const struct in6_addr *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ known

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);
 
Removes the DNS server at index i
 .

 

@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const struct in6_addr *dns);

@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 
 
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ domain was already known

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the DNS search domain at index i
 .

 

@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address ()

 
NMIP6Address *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);

+                                   guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                    NMIP6Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv6 address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ known.

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);
 
Removes the address at index i
 .

 

@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Address *address);

@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route ()

 
NMIP6Route *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);

+                                 guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                  NMIP6Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv6 route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 
 

@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);
 
Removes the route at index i
 .

 

@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Route *route);

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -2150,14 +2150,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router
 advertisements) DNS information should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -2267,14 +2267,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
 for IPv6 addressing

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete
 for the connection to succeed.

 

 
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ assigned an address with these methods.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

 
The specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a
 lease.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2615,9 +2615,9 @@ the only search domains for this connection.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

 
When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to
-TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
+TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
 ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
 any, are used.

@@ -2627,9 +2627,9 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

 
When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to
-TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
+TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
 specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ specified in the 
 
The “ip6-privacy” property

-
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

+
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

 
Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941.  If
 enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in
 addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified
@@ -2652,11 +2652,11 @@ addresses).

 

 

 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6
 configuration times out.  Note that at least one IP configuration must
 succeed or overall network configuration will still fail.  For example,
-in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
+in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
 network configuration to succeed if IPv6 configuration fails but IPv4
 configuration completes successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IPv6 configuration method.  If "auto" is specified then the appropriate
 automatic method (PPP, router advertisement, etc) is used for the device
 and most other properties can be left unset.  To force the use of DHCP
@@ -2682,8 +2682,8 @@ yet supported.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection,
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection,
 meaning it will never be assigned the default IPv6 route by
 NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2692,9 +2692,9 @@ NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
-The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically
+The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically
 based on the device type.
 The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that
 don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index 59c0c29a..8187ffb6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingInfinibandError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ necessary for connection to IP-over-InfiniBand networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingInfiniband if necessary.

 

@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint

+
  “p-key”                    gint

 
The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use
 the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0").  Otherwise it is a 16-bit
 unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership"
@@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ P_Key.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

-
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
 but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must
 specify the base device by setting either this property or
 “mac-address”.

@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 
The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

 
The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or
 "connected".

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index 74cedb70..839084c2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
+
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingOlpcMeshError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -179,19 +179,19 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
                                (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
index dec817ba..7cfc1f30 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPP
 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ cable and DSL modems and some mobile broadband devices.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPP if necessary.

 

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ with other setting configuration parameters

 
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified
 baudrate.  This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically
 choose the speed.

@@ -1079,17 +1079,17 @@ choose the speed.

 

 

 
The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

-
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
+
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

+
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
 flow control with RTS and CTS signals.  This value should normally be set
-to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has
 failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the
 peer.  The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ value if this property is used.

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer
 every n seconds (where n is the specified value).  Note that some PPP
 peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

 

 

 
The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
+
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
 information on stateful MPPE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

 

 

 
The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint

+
  “mru”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no
 larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 128 and 16384.

@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified
 size.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1140,82 +1140,82 @@ size.

 

 

 
The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
-authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
-from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
+authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
+from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

-
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

+
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

-
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
+
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

+
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for
 the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the
 session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband
 connections.

@@ -1225,10 +1225,10 @@ connections.

 

 

 
The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

-
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
+
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

+
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be
 required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also
-be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
index d021ef6d..f96a4308 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPOEError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPPOE
 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ to provide IP transport, for example cable or DSL modems.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPPOE if necessary.

 

@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 
Property Details

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 

 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access
 concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers,
 this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index 601d8d4d..036a0a75 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ serial communications

 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ serial communications

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 

@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ such as mobile broadband or analog telephone connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingSerial if necessary.

 

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ setting requires the connection to contain an 
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
Speed to use for communication over the serial port.  Note that this
 value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally
 ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint

+
  “bits”                     guint

 
Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “parity” property

-
  “parity”                   gchar

+
  “parity”                   gchar

 
Parity setting of the serial port.  Either 'E' for even parity, 'o' for
 odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 

 

 
The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64

+
  “send-delay”               guint64

 
Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 

 

 
The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint

+
  “stopbits”                 guint

 
Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port.  Either 1 or 2.
 The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index 11428df3..3a17c3f4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeam if necessary.

 

@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team network interface.  The property
 should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because
 the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ configuration is used.  See man teamd.conf for the format details.

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel team network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index 6a80f241..7f6e41f1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -112,9 +112,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamPortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ optional properties that apply to team ports.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeamPort if necessary.

 

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ is required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw
 JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed
 directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
index 7c60231f..0b61bc2b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
@@ -194,13 +194,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -256,9 +256,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingVpnError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVPN
 

@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ properties.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVPN if necessary.

 

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void<
 
void
 (*NMVPNIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -113,24 +113,24 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 p-key
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *transport-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -215,92 +215,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 crtscts
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-failure
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-interval
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 mppe-stateful
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mru
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 no-vj-comp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 noauth
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nobsdcomp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nodeflate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-chap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-eap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschapv2
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-pap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe-128
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *service
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -111,27 +111,27 @@ serial communications

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 bits
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gchargchar
 parity
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guint64guint64
 send-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 stopbits
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_team_error_quark ()
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *config
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 

 
-gchar *config
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 persistent
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *service-type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *user-name
 Read / Write
 

@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                   NMVPNIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -728,8 +728,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                NMVPNIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -873,8 +873,8 @@ values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean

-
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
+
  “persistent”               gboolean

+
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
 the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages,
 until explicitly disconnected.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *

+
  “service-type”             gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to
 its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc
 plugin.

@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ plugin.

 

 

 
The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *

+
  “user-name”                gchar *

 
If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name
 should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one
 user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index 8c641bfc..b663c9ca 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -187,13 +187,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -261,11 +261,11 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingVlanError
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVlan
 

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ necessary for connection to VLAN interfaces.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVlan if necessary.

 

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -443,12 +443,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ list, FALSE if error

 
void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);

 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -647,14 +647,14 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -767,8 +767,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

 

 

 
The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint

+
  “flags”                    guint

 
One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN
 interface.  Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (reordering of
 output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (use of the GVRP protocol),
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ protocol).

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should
 be assigned.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
If given, specifies the kernel name of the VLAN interface. If not given,
 a default name will be constructed from the interface described by the
 parent interface and the “id” property, eg "eth2.1". The
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ the 
 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
index b2b54d6a..89bc9f22 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+gchar *
 
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWimaxError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ connections cannot be activated.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark (void);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ specific WiMAX network this setting describes a connection to.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (NMSettingWimax *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *

+
  “network-name”             gchar *

 
Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection
 should use.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
index 23229eeb..5c53df6a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
+
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -265,19 +265,19 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -369,9 +369,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWiredError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ necessary for connection to Ethernet networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

 

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (
 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ property of the setting. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -170,12 +170,12 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 flags
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *network-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -81,28 +81,28 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-negotiate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *duplex
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *port
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *s390-nettype
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 speed
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Return the list of s390 subchannels that identify the device that this
 connection is applicable to.  The connection should only be used in
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ conjunction with that device.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one
+
 GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one
 subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -898,9 +898,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -945,8 +945,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -984,14 +984,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
-FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
+
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
+FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
 "duplex" properties should be set.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *

+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode.
 Either "half" or "full".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1276,10 +1276,10 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *

-
Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple
+
  “port”                     gchar *

+
Specific port type to use if the device supports multiple
 attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit
-Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface.
+Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface).
 If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 

 

 
The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

 
s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing
 the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ period (.) character.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed.  In
 Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index 7433b31b..86be8fe7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -293,28 +293,28 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -435,9 +435,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 

@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ necessary for connection to 802.11 Wi-Fi networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWireless if necessary.

 

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -103,28 +103,28 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *band
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hidden
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 powersave
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 rate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *security
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 tx-power
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1036,14 +1036,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 

@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ for this connection.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *

+
  “band”                     gchar *

 
802.11 frequency band of the network.  One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or
 "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11.  This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network
 to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

 

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only
 join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified
 channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property
@@ -1426,8 +1426,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
+
  “hidden”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
 its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as
 probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However,
 these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks,
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank,
 infrastructure is assumed.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint

-
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
-TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
+
  “powersave”                guint

+
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
+TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
 reserved.  Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the
 property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 

 

 
The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint

+
  “rate”                     guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for
 communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5
 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

 

 

 
The “security” property

-
  “security”                 gchar *

+
  “security”                 gchar *

 
If the wireless connection has any security restrictions, like 802.1x,
 WEP, or WPA, set this property to
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME and ensure the connection
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ preserved.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint

+
  “tx-power”                 guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power.
 Units are dBm.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all
 devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index 30cefeee..e6e44f96 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

+gchar *
 
@@ -315,24 +315,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -350,51 +350,51 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -498,10 +498,10 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityError
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ of how Wi-Fi security works, you may want to get copies of the following books.<
 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark
                                (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gchar *auth-alg
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *key-mgmt
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *leap-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 leap-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *leap-username
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *psk
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 psk-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-key-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-key-type
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key0
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key1
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key2
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key3
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-tx-keyidx
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

 
 

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the li
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

 
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

 

@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

 
When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the
 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here.  One of "open"
 for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP.  When
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

 
Key management used for the connection.  One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x"
 (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure
 WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise).  This property must be set for
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *

+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

 
The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password-flags” property

-
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

+
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the
 “leap-password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *

+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

 
The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

 

 

 
The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *

+
  “psk”                      gchar *

 
Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it
 must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a
 hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ connecting to the Wi-Fi network.

 

 

 
The “psk-flags” property

-
  “psk-flags”                guint

+
  “psk-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “psk”
 property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “wep-key-flags” property

-
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

+
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “wep-key0”,
 “wep-key1”, “wep-key2”,
 and “wep-key3” properties.

@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ and 
 
The “wep-key-type” property

-
  “wep-key-type”             guint

+
  “wep-key-type”             guint

 
Controls the interpretation of WEP keys.  Allowed values are
 NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY, in which case the key is either a 10- or
 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password;
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

 
Index 0 WEP key.  This is the WEP key used in most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

 
Index 1 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

 
Index 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

 
Index 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

 
When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key
 index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0
 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
index 8dbac834..b253e5c3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -701,43 +701,43 @@ DBUS_TYPE_NM_IP_ROUTES, macro in nm-dbus-glib-types
 

 
G

 

-g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 
I

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
index 1a0e0b5c..d4e6cb89 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for libnm-util 1.8.4
+      for libnm-util 1.9.90
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-util/stable/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
index 31c9d3dd..105accfc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_init ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_same_ssid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_security_valid ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) ()
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_uuid ()
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
 

 

@@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_utils_init ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_init (GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_init (GError **error);

 
Initializes libnm-util; should be called when starting any program that
 uses libnm-util.  This function can be called more than once.

 

@@ -512,14 +512,14 @@ uses libnm-util.  This function can be called more than once.

 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

+
 TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

 

 

 

@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@ does not have any effect, and does not ever need to be called.

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
                         int len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
@@ -564,15 +564,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      guint32 len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      guint32 len);

 
This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply
 replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal
 representation of that character.  Intended for debugging only, should not
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

 

 

 
nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
-                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
+                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

 
Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the
 SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal,
 but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings)
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 
 
ignore_trailing_null

-
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

+
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
 
 
@@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

 
Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings.  Thus, an SSID may
 contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters.  Often it is
 useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the
@@ -693,17 +693,17 @@ _only_.

 

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a UTF-8
-representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
-Returns NULL on errors. 

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
+Returns NULL on errors. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()

-
GHashTable *
-nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);

-
Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

+
GHashTable *
+nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);

+
Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -714,15 +714,15 @@ nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTa
 
 
-
+

 
hash
a GHashTable mapping string:GValue
a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the
-returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy(). 

+
 a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the
+returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy(). 

 
[transfer container][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

 

@@ -730,13 +730,13 @@ returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or 
 
nm_utils_slist_free ()

 
void
-nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
-                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);

+nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
+                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);
 

 
nm_utils_slist_free is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

-
use g_slist_free_full().

+
use g_slist_free_full().

 

-
Utility function to free a GSList.

+
Utility function to free a GSList.

 
[skip]

 

 
Parameters

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (GSList
 
 
list

-
a GSList

+
a GSList

  
 
 
@@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (GSList
 

 
nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -834,15 +834,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -874,16 +874,16 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -912,15 +912,15 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
-is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if key
+is a WEP key, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -941,20 +941,20 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if psk
-is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if psk
+is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
 a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway,
-and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects.  The specific format of
-this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be
+and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects.  The specific format of
+this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be
 extended in the future.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

+
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Address]

 

 

@@ -981,10 +981,10 @@ extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a
-GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                                  GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a
+GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, and prefix).   The specific
 format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be
 extended in the future.

@@ -1004,9 +1004,9 @@ extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1016,11 +1016,11 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
 a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop,
-prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects.  The specific
+prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects.  The specific
 format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be
 extended in the future.

 

@@ -1033,14 +1033,14 @@ extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

+
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Route]

 

 

@@ -1048,10 +1048,10 @@ extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a
-GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                               GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a
+GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, prefix, and metric).   The
 specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may
 be extended in the future.

@@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1083,8 +1083,8 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1108,8 +1108,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1133,8 +1133,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

 
When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were
 segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C.  This function will return
 a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it
@@ -1162,12 +1162,12 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32
 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address,
-prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects.  The specific format of
-this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be
+prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects.  The specific format of
+this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be
 extended in the future.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1179,14 +1179,14 @@ extended in the future.

 
 

-
+

 
value
gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32
gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Address]

 

 

@@ -1194,10 +1194,10 @@ extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a
-GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                                  GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a
+GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses
 (which is a tuple of address, prefix, and gateway). The specific format of
 this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the
 future.

@@ -1217,9 +1217,9 @@ future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1229,12 +1229,12 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
-(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
+(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6
 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric)
-into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects.  The specific format of this serialization
+into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects.  The specific format of this serialization
 is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1246,15 +1246,15 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
-(GArray of guchars), and guint32

+
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
+(GArray of guchars), and guint32

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Route]

 

 

@@ -1262,10 +1262,10 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of
-GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                               GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of
+GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32
 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination,
 prefix, next hop, and metric).  The specific format of this serialization is not
 guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1285,9 +1285,9 @@ guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1297,10 +1297,10 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as
-GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as
+GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

 
[skip]

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1312,24 +1312,24 @@ nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const 
value

-
a GValue

+
a GValue

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a GSList of IP6 addresses.

+
 a GSList of IP6 addresses.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                            GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of struct
-in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                            GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of struct
+in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays
 representing each server's IPv6 addresses in network byte order.
 The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be
 stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1350,9 +1350,9 @@ stable and may be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server
 addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection
-object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

 

 

 

@@ -1401,11 +1401,11 @@ object's 
 

 
nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
                           const char *in_password,
                           char **out_password,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GError **error);

 
Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates
 a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format
 suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

 
out_password

 
 if in_password
-was NULL, a random password will be generated
+was NULL, a random password will be generated
 and returned in this argument. 

 [out][allow-none]
 
@@ -1453,11 +1453,11 @@ certificate/private key file. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
                               const char *in_password,
                               char **out_password,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

 
Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates
 a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format
 suitable for writing to a file.  It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file.  It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

 
 
out_password

 
 if in_password
-was NULL, a random password will be generated
+was NULL, a random password will be generated
 and returned in this argument. 

 [out][allow-none]
 
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ certificate/private key file. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Utility function to find out if the filename
  is in PKCS#12 format.

@@ -1526,15 +1526,15 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -1543,10 +1543,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname,
                                const char *try_first,
                                const char *const *paths,
-                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
+                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
                                NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate,
-                               gpointer user_data,
-                               GError **error);
+                               gpointer user_data,
+                               GError **error);
 
Searches for a progname
  file in a list of search paths
 .

@@ -1573,16 +1573,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path. 

 
 
 
paths

-
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
-Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
+
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
+Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
 is checked. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
file_test_flags

-
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
+
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
 for progname
-. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

  
 
 
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ function. 

 
 
 
error

-
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

+
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ function. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
+
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
 The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later
 invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -1620,8 +1620,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1646,8 +1646,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (gu
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1682,8 +1682,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1722,8 +1722,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (g
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

@@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ a length; but you can just use 
 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
                       int type);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

@@ -1862,12 +1862,12 @@ a type.

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
                        int type);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -1902,15 +1902,15 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
                       int type,
-                      gpointer buffer);

+                      gpointer buffer);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 . See
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba() if you'd rather have the result in a
-GByteArray.

+GByteArray.

 
See also nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len(), which takes an output length
 instead of a type.

 

@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ instead of a type.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed

 

 

@@ -1952,8 +1952,8 @@ couldn't be parsed

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
-                          gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
+                          gsize length);
 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -1990,10 +1990,10 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstp
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len (const char *asc,
-                          gpointer buffer,
-                          gsize length);

+                          gpointer buffer,
+                          gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of some type.

@@ -2061,9 +2061,9 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of some type, FALSE if not.

+of some type, FALSE if not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a array of bytes, or NULL on error. 

+
 a array of bytes, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

 

 

 
nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

 
This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.

@@ -2207,14 +2207,14 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

+
 TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_uuid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

 
Checks if str
  is a UUID

@@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t
dst

 
Returns

 
 the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.

 
@@ -2339,10 +2339,10 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.

 

 

 
nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);

+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);

 
Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.

-
Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ underlying device driver.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
index 2e58a54e..1bbcbbce 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 

 Object Hierarchy

 
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
     │   ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
     │   ╰── NMSettingVPN
     ╰── NMConnection
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ├── NMVlanPriorityMap
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GBoxed
+    GBoxed
     ├── NMIP4Address
     ├── NMIP4Route
     ├── NMIP6Address
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
index bfa363e7..1f707060 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.8.4
+1.9.90
diff --git a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
index 4a105a44..400e917f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
+++ b/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
@@ -149,7 +149,6 @@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
 AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
 AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
 AWK = @AWK@
-BINUTILS_NM = @BINUTILS_NM@
 BLUEZ5_CFLAGS = @BLUEZ5_CFLAGS@
 BLUEZ5_LIBS = @BLUEZ5_LIBS@
 CC = @CC@
@@ -171,6 +170,7 @@ DBUS_SYS_DIR = @DBUS_SYS_DIR@
 DEFS = @DEFS@
 DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DHCLIENT_PATH = @DHCLIENT_PATH@
+DHCPCANON_PATH = @DHCPCANON_PATH@
 DHCPCD_PATH = @DHCPCD_PATH@
 DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE = @DISTRO_NETWORK_SERVICE@
 DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
@@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
 ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
 ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
 ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+ac_ct_NM = @ac_ct_NM@
 ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
 am__include = @am__include@
 am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
@@ -420,6 +421,7 @@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
 top_builddir = @top_builddir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
 with_dhclient = @with_dhclient@
+with_dhcpcanon = @with_dhcpcanon@
 with_dhcpcd = @with_dhcpcd@
 with_netconfig = @with_netconfig@
 with_resolvconf = @with_resolvconf@
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
index 6e32e8e5..784bb4bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -161,23 +161,23 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -193,12 +193,12 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
-
+
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMAccessPoint implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ point.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the SSID of the access point.

 

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (
 
Returns

-
 the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
+
 the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
 SSID is unknown. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ not be modified or freed.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the frequency of the access point.

 

@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (
 
nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (
 

 
nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

 

@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (
 
nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the access
@@ -556,9 +556,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and
 returns connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the ap
@@ -596,14 +596,14 @@ filter. 

 
 an array of
 NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
                                   NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
@@ -637,8 +637,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
The BSSID of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint

+
  “frequency”                guint

 
The frequency of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
Alias for “bssid”.

 

 
NMAccessPoint:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.0 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint

+
  “last-seen”                gint

 
The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the
 access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint

+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

 
The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -792,14 +792,14 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

-
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar

+
  “strength”                 guchar

 
The current signal strength of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
index 1dafc378..95151677 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 

-
+
+
+
+
-
+
-
+
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -214,7 +222,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -238,7 +246,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -248,19 +256,24 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -278,7 +291,7 @@
 
-
+
the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
dst

 
the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.

 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_ssid ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_frequency ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_strength ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_access_point_filter_connections ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_access_point_connection_valid ()
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *bssid
 Read
 
Read
 

 
guintguint
 frequency
 Read
 

 

 
-gchar *hw-address
 Read
 

 
gintgint
 last-seen
 Read
 

 
guintguint
 max-bitrate
 Read
 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read
 

 
gucharguchar
 strength
 Read
 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
@@ -96,6 +96,14 @@
 

 

 
+NMActivationStateFlags
+
+nm_active_connection_get_state_flags ()
+

 NMActiveConnectionStateReason
 
 
@@ -112,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default ()
@@ -136,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
@@ -160,7 +168,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
@@ -185,18 +193,18 @@
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 default
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 default6
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *devices
 Read
 

 
-gchar *id
 Read
 

 
-gchar *specific-object-path
 Read
 
Read
 

 
guintstate-flagsRead

 
-gchar *type
 Read
 

 

 
-gchar *uuid
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 vpn
 Read
 

 void
 state-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 

@@ -320,6 +333,10 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_FLAGS
+
+
+#define
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_DEFAULT
 
 
@@ -359,7 +376,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -369,7 +386,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMActiveConnection implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -523,7 +540,7 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

 

@@ -543,7 +560,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
+
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
 This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMDevice]

 

@@ -576,6 +593,33 @@ nm_active_connection_get_state (
 

 

+
nm_active_connection_get_state_flags ()

+
NMActivationStateFlags
+nm_active_connection_get_state_flags (NMActiveConnection *connection);

+
Gets the active connection's state flags.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
a NMActiveConnection
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the state flags

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
nm_active_connection_get_state_reason ()

 
NMActiveConnectionStateReason
 nm_active_connection_get_state_reason (NMActiveConnection *connection);

@@ -631,7 +675,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (
 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

@@ -652,7 +696,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

 

 

 

@@ -678,7 +722,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -707,7 +751,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -716,7 +760,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

@@ -737,7 +781,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

 

 

 

@@ -763,7 +807,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -792,7 +836,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -801,7 +845,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 

@@ -821,7 +865,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

 

 

 

@@ -870,6 +914,12 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
+
NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_FLAGS

+
#define NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_FLAGS          "state-flags"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_DEFAULT

 
#define NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_DEFAULT              "default"
 

@@ -933,7 +983,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean

+
  “default”                  gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -941,7 +991,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean

+
  “default6”                 gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -949,7 +999,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
The devices of the active connection.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -971,7 +1021,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
The active connection's ID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1000,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “specific-object-path” property

-
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

+
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

 
The path to the "specific object" of the active connection; see
 nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path() for more details.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1016,8 +1066,17 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
+
The “state-flags” property

+
  “state-flags”              guint

+
The state flags of the active connection.

+
Flags: Read

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's type

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1025,7 +1084,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's UUID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1033,7 +1092,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean

+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1045,10 +1104,10 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMActiveConnection *nmactiveconnection,
-               guint               arg1,
-               guint               arg2,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint               arg1,
+               guint               arg2,
+               gpointer            user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
index fbad59d3..a2fbf00e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_client_error_quark ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_dns_entry_get_vpn ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_startup ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_nm_running ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -241,7 +241,31 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
+
+
+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available ()
+
+
+
+
+gboolean
+
+
+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled ()
+
+
+
+
+void
+
+
+nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled ()
+
+
+
+
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_logging ()
@@ -249,7 +273,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_set_logging ()
@@ -297,7 +321,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname ()
@@ -313,21 +337,21 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_devices ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_all_devices ()
@@ -350,7 +374,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_active_connections ()
@@ -406,7 +430,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection ()
@@ -422,14 +446,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_connections ()
@@ -477,7 +501,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections ()
@@ -493,7 +517,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections_finish ()
@@ -501,7 +525,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections ()
@@ -517,7 +541,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()
@@ -538,7 +562,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()
@@ -564,24 +588,24 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 active-connections
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 all-devices
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 can-modify
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 connections
 Read
 
@@ -591,47 +615,57 @@
 Read
 
 
+gboolean
+connectivity-check-available
+Read
+
+
+gboolean
+connectivity-check-enabled
+Read / Write
+
+
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 devices
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 dns-configuration
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dns-mode
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dns-rc-manager
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hostname
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 metered
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 networking-enabled
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nm-running
 Read
 
@@ -642,7 +676,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 startup
 Read
 
@@ -653,37 +687,37 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 version
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wimax-enabled
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wimax-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wireless-enabled
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wireless-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wwan-enabled
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 wwan-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
@@ -702,47 +736,47 @@
 
 void
 active-connection-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 active-connection-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 any-device-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 any-device-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 connection-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 connection-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 device-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 device-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 permission-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -809,6 +843,14 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_AVAILABLE
+
+
+#define
+NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_ENABLED
+
+
+#define
 NM_CLIENT_PRIMARY_CONNECTION
 
 
@@ -912,13 +954,13 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ╰── NMDnsEntry
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMClientError
     ├── NMClientPermission
     ╰── NMClientPermissionResult
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMClient
 

 

@@ -926,7 +968,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMClient implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -935,7 +977,7 @@ NMClient implements
 
Functions

 

 
nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -1081,7 +1123,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_priority (
 
nm_dns_entry_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (NMDnsEntry *entry);

 
Gets whether the entry refers to VPN name servers.

 

@@ -1101,7 +1143,7 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

+
 TRUE if the entry refers to VPN name servers

 

 
Since: 1.6

 

@@ -1109,8 +1151,8 @@ nm_dns_entry_get_vpn (
 
nm_client_new ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);

+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
+               GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMClient.

 
Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the
 client. You can use nm_client_new_async() if you want to avoid
@@ -1126,12 +1168,12 @@ that.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1146,9 +1188,9 @@ that.

 

 
nm_client_new_async ()

 
void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);

+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
+                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                     gpointer user_data);
 
Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it.
 callback
  will be called when it is done; use
@@ -1165,7 +1207,7 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1187,8 +1229,8 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

 

 
nm_client_new_finish ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);

+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                      GError **error);
 
Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1201,12 +1243,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 
 
 
result

-
a GAsyncResult

+
a GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1214,7 +1256,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

 

 

 

@@ -1240,7 +1282,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (
 
Returns

-
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

 

 

 

@@ -1272,7 +1314,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (
 
nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

@@ -1299,7 +1341,7 @@ connections at startup.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

@@ -1319,13 +1361,13 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the daemon is running

+
 TRUE if the daemon is running

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

@@ -1345,16 +1387,16 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  gboolean enabled,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Enables or disables networking.  When networking is disabled, all controlled
 interfaces are disconnected and deactivated.  When networking is enabled,
 all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

@@ -1374,12 +1416,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

+
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1387,13 +1429,13 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

@@ -1413,7 +1455,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

+
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1421,7 +1463,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables wireless devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1439,7 +1481,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to enable wireless

+
TRUE to enable wireless

  
 
 
@@ -1449,7 +1491,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

 
nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -1470,13 +1512,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

@@ -1496,7 +1538,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1504,7 +1546,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);

+                            gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WWAN devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1522,7 +1564,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WWAN

+
TRUE to enable WWAN

  
 
 
@@ -1532,7 +1574,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1552,13 +1594,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

 

@@ -1578,7 +1620,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1586,7 +1628,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);

+                             gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1604,7 +1646,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WiMAX

+
TRUE to enable WiMAX

  
 
 
@@ -1614,7 +1656,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1634,17 +1676,109 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+

+

+

+

+
nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available ()

+
gboolean
+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available
+                               (NMClient *client);

+
Determine whether connectivity checking is available.  This
+requires that the URI of a connectivity service has been set in the
+configuration file.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





client
a NMClient
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if connectivity checking is available.

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

+
nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled ()

+
gboolean
+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
+                               (NMClient *client);

+
Determine whether connectivity checking is enabled.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





client
a NMClient
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if connectivity checking is enabled.

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

+
nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled ()

+
void
+nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled
+                               (NMClient *client,
+                                gboolean enabled);

+
Enable or disable connectivity checking.  Note that if a
+connectivity checking URI has not been configured, this will not
+have any effect.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





client
a NMClient
 
enabled
TRUE to enable connectivity checking
 

 

+
Since: 1.10

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1673,7 +1807,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1681,17 +1815,17 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1709,18 +1843,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (
level

-
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
domains

 
 logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log
-domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1728,7 +1862,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

@@ -1800,8 +1934,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);
 
Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new)
 current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns
 the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1823,12 +1957,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1844,9 +1978,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes
 callback
  when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(),
@@ -1868,7 +2002,7 @@ re-checking, and 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
@@ -1891,8 +2025,8 @@ re-checking, and 
nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);
 
Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async()
 call.

 

@@ -1911,12 +2045,12 @@ call.

 
 
 
result

-
the GAsyncResult

+
the GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1930,11 +2064,11 @@ call.

 

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GError **error);

 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -1953,18 +2087,18 @@ or cleared.

 
 
 
hostname

-
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
+
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
 clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -1972,7 +2106,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

@@ -1981,9 +2115,9 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 
void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               GCancellable *cancellable,
+                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -2002,13 +2136,13 @@ or cleared.

 
 
 
hostname

-
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
+
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
 clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -2029,10 +2163,10 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2050,12 +2184,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -2063,13 +2197,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -2092,7 +2226,7 @@ methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -2101,7 +2235,7 @@ containing all the NM
 

 

 
nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -2128,7 +2262,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -2167,7 +2301,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given object_path
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2203,14 +2337,14 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given iface
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

@@ -2230,7 +2364,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the active NMActiveConnections.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -2249,7 +2383,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route,
 then this function returns the active connection that contains the
 route to the VPN endpoint.

 
If there is no default route, or the default route is over a
-non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2310,9 +2444,9 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMConnection *connection,
                                      NMDevice *device,
                                      const char *specific_object,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                     gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the
 configuration settings from connection
  and the network device device
@@ -2328,7 +2462,7 @@ in connection
  is not given for a device-based activation, NetworkManager
 picks the best available connection for the device and activates it.

 
Note that the callback is invoked when NetworkManager has started activating
-the new connection, not when it finishes. You can used the returned
+the new connection, not when it finishes. You can use the returned
 NMActiveConnection object (in particular, “state”) to
 track the activation to its completion.

 

@@ -2359,7 +2493,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 

-
+
@@ -2392,8 +2526,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GAsyncResult *result,
+                                      GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2411,12 +2545,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -2424,7 +2558,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2439,9 +2573,9 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async
                                 NMConnection *partial,
                                 NMDevice *device,
                                 const char *specific_object,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given
 device and specific object.  The new connection is then asynchronously
@@ -2468,7 +2602,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
@@ -2483,7 +2617,7 @@ before being added. 

 
-
+
@@ -2517,8 +2651,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

 
You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned
 NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

@@ -2538,12 +2672,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -2551,7 +2685,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2560,11 +2694,11 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GError **error);

 
Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2587,12 +2721,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2609,9 +2743,9 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                        NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);
+                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                       gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2634,7 +2768,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
cancellable

-

+
@@ -2655,11 +2789,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
 
nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2677,12 +2811,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2696,7 +2830,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

 

 
nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2755,7 +2889,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
 matching object was found.

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -2794,7 +2928,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -2833,7 +2967,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -2846,13 +2980,13 @@ to void
 nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
+ is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
 to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved
 later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes()
 method.

@@ -2894,7 +3028,7 @@ added, not the object itself

 
 

-
+
@@ -2917,8 +3051,8 @@ added, not the object itself

 
nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

 
NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GAsyncResult *result,
+                                 GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2936,12 +3070,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2949,7 +3083,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2958,23 +3092,23 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files,
 adding or updating the connections described within.

 
The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in
 client
 's connections array when the function returns.

 
If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the
-function will return TRUE, and failures
- will be set to NULL. If
+function will return TRUE, and failures
+ will be set to NULL. If
 NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed,
 then failures
- will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
+ will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
 filenames that failed to load.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2992,23 +3126,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 
 

-
+
-
-
+
-
+
@@ -3016,9 +3150,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

@@ -3027,9 +3161,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
void
 nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                   char **filenames,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                  gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the
 given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

@@ -3049,12 +3183,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -3075,11 +3209,11 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GAsyncResult *result,
+                                   GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

 

@@ -3099,17 +3233,17 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

+NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load. 

 
-
+
-
+
@@ -3117,18 +3251,18 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until
 the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -3148,12 +3282,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3161,7 +3295,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -3169,9 +3303,9 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the
 in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -3191,7 +3325,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 
-
+
@@ -3212,10 +3346,10 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3233,12 +3367,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -3246,7 +3380,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -3272,7 +3406,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_mode (
 
Returns

-
 the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the
+
 the DNS processing mode, or NULL in case the
 value is not available.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -3300,7 +3434,7 @@ nm_client_get_dns_rc_manager (
 
Returns

-
 the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the
+
 the resolv.conf manager or NULL in case the
 value is not available.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -3308,7 +3442,7 @@ value is not available.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_dns_configuration ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_dns_configuration (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the current DNS configuration

 

@@ -3328,8 +3462,8 @@ nm_client_get_dns_configuration (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
-containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not
+
 a GPtrArray
+containing NMDnsEntry elements or NULL in case the value is not
 available.  The returned array is owned by the NMClient object
 and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDnsEntry]

@@ -3418,6 +3552,18 @@ and should not be modified. 

 

 

 

+
NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_AVAILABLE

+
#define NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_AVAILABLE "connectivity-check-available"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_ENABLED

+
#define NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_ENABLED "connectivity-check-enabled"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_CLIENT_PRIMARY_CONNECTION

 
#define NM_CLIENT_PRIMARY_CONNECTION "primary-connection"
 

@@ -3676,6 +3822,14 @@ clients can obtain to perform certain tasks on behalf of the current user.

 

+
+
+
+
+
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2369,7 +2503,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
partial

 
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2493,7 +2627,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
filenames
 NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 
 NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 

 [array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
failures
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
filenames
 NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 
 NULL-terminated array of filenames to load. 

 [array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
failures

 
 on return, a
-NULL-terminated array of filenames that failed to load. 
[out][transfer full][array zero-terminated=1]
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 
 
 

 
NM_CLIENT_PERMISSION_ENABLE_DISABLE_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK

+
controls whether
+ connectivity check can be enabled or disabled

+		 

 
NM_CLIENT_PERMISSION_LAST

 
 
a reserved boundary value

@@ -3802,7 +3956,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

 
The active connections.

 
Element-type: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3810,7 +3964,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

 
List of both real devices and device placeholders.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3819,15 +3973,15 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 
 

 

 
The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

 
The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note
 that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also
 contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have
@@ -3845,8 +3999,22 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 

+
The “connectivity-check-available” property

+
  “connectivity-check-available” gboolean

+
Flags: Read

+
Default value: FALSE

+

+

+

+
The “connectivity-check-enabled” property

+
  “connectivity-check-enabled” gboolean

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: FALSE

+

+

+

 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
List of real network devices.  Does not include placeholder devices.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3854,7 +4022,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “dns-configuration” property

-
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

+
  “dns-configuration”        GPtrArray *

 
The current DNS configuration represented as an array of
 dictionaries.  Each dictionary has the "nameservers",
 "priority" keys and, optionally, "interface" and "vpn".
@@ -3868,7 +4036,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.

 

 

 
The “dns-mode” property

-
  “dns-mode”                 gchar *

+
  “dns-mode”                 gchar *

 
The current DNS processing mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: ""

@@ -3877,7 +4045,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.

 

 

 
The “dns-rc-manager” property

-
  “dns-rc-manager”           gchar *

+
  “dns-rc-manager”           gchar *

 
The current resolv.conf management mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: ""

@@ -3886,7 +4054,7 @@ configuration was obtained from a VPN connection.

 

 

 
The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *

+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

 
The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be
 modified by calling nm_client_save_hostname().

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3895,7 +4063,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the connectivity is metered.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -3904,7 +4072,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

 
Whether networking is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -3912,7 +4080,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean

+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3928,7 +4096,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean

+
  “startup”                  gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is still starting up.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3944,7 +4112,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *

+
  “version”                  gchar *

 
The NetworkManager version.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3952,7 +4120,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

 
Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3960,7 +4128,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

 
Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3968,7 +4136,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

 
Whether wireless is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3976,7 +4144,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

 
Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -3984,7 +4152,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

 
Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3992,7 +4160,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

 
Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4005,7 +4173,7 @@ see void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+               gpointer            user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been added.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4034,7 +4202,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -4042,7 +4210,7 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMActiveConnection has been removed.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4071,15 +4239,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “any-device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -4109,15 +4277,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “any-device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -4147,7 +4315,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -4155,7 +4323,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4184,7 +4352,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -4192,7 +4360,7 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
+               gpointer            user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4221,15 +4389,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -4259,15 +4427,15 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -4297,16 +4465,16 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “permission-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     permission,
+               guint     result,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a permission has changed

 

 
Parameters

@@ -4340,7 +4508,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html
index 95620afd..4a9f692c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMConnection.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_connection_to_dbus ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_replace_settings ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_compare ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_diff ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify_secrets ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_normalize ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_update_secrets ()
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_type ()
@@ -215,6 +215,14 @@
 
 
 
+NMSetting **
+
+
+nm_connection_get_settings ()
+
+
+
+
 void
 
 
@@ -244,7 +252,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_virtual ()
@@ -420,6 +428,38 @@
 
 
 
+NMSettingOvsBridge *
+
+
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge ()
+
+
+
+
+NMSettingOvsInterface *
+
+
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface ()
+
+
+
+
+NMSettingOvsPatch *
+
+
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch ()
+
+
+
+
+NMSettingOvsPort *
+
+
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port ()
+
+
+
+
 NMSettingPpp *
 
 
@@ -566,7 +606,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMConnectionSerializationFlags
 

 

@@ -623,8 +663,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

 
nm_connection_remove_setting ()

 
void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);

-
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
+                              GType setting_type);
+
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
 operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -642,7 +682,7 @@ operation dereferences the 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to remove

+
the GType of the setting object to remove

  
 
 
@@ -654,8 +694,8 @@ operation dereferences the 
nm_connection_get_setting ()

 
NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);

-
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
+                           GType setting_type);
+
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
 to the NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -673,7 +713,7 @@ to the 
 
 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to return

+
the GType of the setting object to return

  
 
 
@@ -681,7 +721,7 @@ to the 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
 added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -718,7 +758,7 @@ the 
 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
 added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -726,10 +766,10 @@ added to the 
 

 
nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
 NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for
 marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

@@ -756,7 +796,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
+
 a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
 its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -764,10 +804,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GVariant *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

 
Replaces connection
 's settings with new_settings
  (which must be
@@ -789,12 +829,12 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
new_settings

-
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

+
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -802,7 +842,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
+
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
 could not
 be deserialized (in which case connection
 will be unchanged).

@@ -869,7 +909,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (
 
nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -905,17 +945,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

 
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See nm_setting_compare() for a description of
 each flag's behavior.  If the connections differ, settings and keys within
@@ -959,16 +999,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
+
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
 not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

 
Validates the connection and all its settings.  Each setting's properties
 have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values.  For
 example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless
@@ -976,7 +1016,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the
 connection for the connection to be valid.  As another example, the
 NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted
-MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
+MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
 setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -994,7 +1034,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1002,15 +1042,15 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1028,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1036,23 +1076,23 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

 
Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies
 and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way,
 the output parameter modified
- is set TRUE.

-
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
+ is set TRUE.

+
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
 is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps
 it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that
 cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1072,10 +1112,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 
 
 
parameters

-
 a GHashTable with
+
 a GHashTable with
 normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing
 specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be
-used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
+used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
 The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 [allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]
 
@@ -1086,7 +1126,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
+
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
 why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  
 
@@ -1095,7 +1135,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

@@ -1103,7 +1143,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 
nm_connection_need_secrets ()

 
const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);

+                            GPtrArray **hints);
 
Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would
 need secrets to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only
 intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some
@@ -1125,10 +1165,10 @@ secrets are needed.

 
 
 
hints

-
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
-return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
+
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
+return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
 secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array
-and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
+and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
 elements. 

 [out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
 
@@ -1171,7 +1211,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -1207,16 +1247,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GVariant *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

 
Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets
 intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).  Will also
 extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary.
 If setting_name
- is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as
+ is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as
 returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all
 settings contained in secrets
 .

@@ -1241,13 +1281,13 @@ settings contained in secrets
 
 
 
secrets

-
a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1255,7 +1295,7 @@ or 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
 failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

 

 

@@ -1325,7 +1365,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (const char *
 nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);
 
Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name.
-If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

 
For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager,
 this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by
 NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1346,13 +1386,13 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1385,8 +1425,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
-, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
+, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1395,7 +1435,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection,
 calling the supplied user function for each property.

 

@@ -1429,6 +1469,48 @@ at each invocation

 

 

 

+
nm_connection_get_settings ()

+
NMSetting **
+nm_connection_get_settings (NMConnection *connection,
+                            guint *out_length);

+
Retrieves the settings in connection
+.

+
The returned array is NULL-terminated.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
the NMConnection instance
 
out_length
 (out): the length of the returned array. 
[allow-none]

+

+

+
Returns

+
 a
+NULL-terminated array containing every setting of
+connection
+.
+If the connection has no settings, NULL is returned. 

+
[array length=out_length][transfer container]

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
nm_connection_dump ()

 
void
 nm_connection_dump (NMConnection *connection);

@@ -1532,7 +1614,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (
 

 
nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

 
Checks if connection
  refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be
@@ -1587,7 +1669,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
Returns

 
 the name of connection
 's device,
-or NULL if connection
+or NULL if connection
 is not a virtual connection type. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -1615,7 +1697,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1642,7 +1724,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1669,7 +1751,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1696,7 +1778,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1723,7 +1805,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1750,7 +1832,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1777,7 +1859,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1804,7 +1886,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1831,7 +1913,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1885,7 +1967,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dummy (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingDummy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.8

@@ -1940,7 +2022,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1967,7 +2049,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -1994,7 +2076,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2026,7 +2108,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 

 
Returns

 
 an NMSettingIP4Config if the
-connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2057,7 +2139,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 

 
Returns

 
 an NMSettingIP6Config if the
-connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2084,7 +2166,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macsec (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingMacsec if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.6

@@ -2112,7 +2194,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2140,9 +2222,122 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
[transfer none]

+

+
+

+

+
nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge ()

+
NMSettingOvsBridge *
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge (NMConnection *connection);

+
A shortcut to return any NMSettingOvsBridge the connection might contain.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
the NMConnection
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 an NMSettingOvsBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
[transfer none]

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

+
nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface ()

+
NMSettingOvsInterface *
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface
+                               (NMConnection *connection);

+
A shortcut to return any NMSettingOvsInterface the connection might contain.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
the NMConnection
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 an NMSettingOvsInterface if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
[transfer none]

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

+
nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch ()

+
NMSettingOvsPatch *
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch (NMConnection *connection);

+
A shortcut to return any NMSettingOvsPatch the connection might contain.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
the NMConnection
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 an NMSettingOvsPatch if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
[transfer none]

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

+
nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port ()

+
NMSettingOvsPort *
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port (NMConnection *connection);

+
A shortcut to return any NMSettingOvsPort the connection might contain.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





connection
the NMConnection
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 an NMSettingOvsPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

+
Since: 1.10

 

 

 

@@ -2167,7 +2362,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2194,7 +2389,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2221,7 +2416,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_proxy (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingProxy if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.6

@@ -2249,7 +2444,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2276,7 +2471,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2304,7 +2499,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2331,7 +2526,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2358,7 +2553,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2385,7 +2580,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2412,7 +2607,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2440,7 +2635,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security
 
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2467,7 +2662,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2494,7 +2689,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2548,7 +2743,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
 
 
-
GTypeInterface parent;

+
GTypeInterface parent;

 
the parent interace struct

  
 
@@ -2576,8 +2771,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

 
#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
 

-
GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is
-an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of
+
GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is
+an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of
 an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

 
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html
index bd5282be..90940fdd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_managed ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_get_available_connections ()
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_get_mtu ()
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_real ()
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_software ()
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_reapply ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_reapply_finish ()
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_disconnect ()
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_disconnect_finish ()
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_delete ()
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_delete_finish ()
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_filter_connections ()
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_valid ()
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_compatible ()
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_device_get_setting_type ()
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()
@@ -472,14 +472,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()
 
 
 
-const GVariantType *
+const GVariantType *
 
 
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()
@@ -504,13 +504,13 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 available-connections
 Read
 
@@ -538,36 +538,36 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver-version
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 firmware-missing
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 firmware-version
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 interface
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 ip-interface
 Read
 
@@ -585,44 +585,44 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 lldp-neighbors
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 managed
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 metered
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nm-plugin-missing
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 physical-port-id
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 product
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 real
 Read
 
@@ -632,19 +632,19 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state-reason
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 udi
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 vendor
 Read
 
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
 
 void
 state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 
@@ -791,9 +791,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -809,6 +809,10 @@
             ├── NMDeviceMacvlan
             ├── NMDeviceModem
             ├── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
+            ├── NMDeviceOvsBridge
+            ├── NMDeviceOvsInterface
+            ├── NMDeviceOvsPort
+            ├── NMDevicePpp
             ├── NMDeviceTeam
             ├── NMDeviceTun
             ├── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -821,7 +825,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDevice implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -1070,7 +1074,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (
 
Returns

-
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
+
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
 This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

 

 
@@ -1103,7 +1107,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (
 
nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

@@ -1123,7 +1127,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

 

 
 

@@ -1131,7 +1135,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
nm_device_set_managed ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);

+                       gboolean managed);

 
Enables or disables management of  NMDevice by NetworkManager.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1149,7 +1153,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
managed

-
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  
 
 
@@ -1160,7 +1164,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
 
nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

@@ -1180,7 +1184,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

 

 

 

@@ -1188,7 +1192,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);

+                           gboolean autoconnect);
 
Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1206,7 +1210,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
autoconnect

-
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  
 
 
@@ -1216,7 +1220,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
 
nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

@@ -1237,14 +1241,14 @@ to be missing.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
+
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

 

@@ -1264,7 +1268,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -1293,7 +1297,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not
+
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not
 activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1323,7 +1327,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
+
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
 not activated or not using DHCP. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1353,7 +1357,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated. 

+
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1382,7 +1386,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
+
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
 not activated or not using DHCPv6. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1462,7 +1466,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
+
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
 not part of an active connection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1470,7 +1474,7 @@ not part of an active connection. 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
@@ -1492,7 +1496,7 @@ be activated on device
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by
 the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1503,7 +1507,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

 
const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);

-
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
+
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
 an opaque string that can be used to recognize when
 seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual
 ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1524,7 +1528,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
+
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
 ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and
 must not be modified.

 

@@ -1532,7 +1536,7 @@ must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

@@ -1558,7 +1562,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (
 
nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1577,7 +1581,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
+
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
 that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

 

@@ -1586,7 +1590,7 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

@@ -1606,8 +1610,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if device
-is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+
 TRUE if device
+is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

 

 

 

@@ -1636,7 +1640,7 @@ nm_device_get_product (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 

@@ -1665,7 +1669,7 @@ nm_device_get_vendor (g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

+can be reverted with g_strcompress(), however the result may not be valid UTF-8.

 
 
 

@@ -1727,7 +1731,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (
 
nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

 

@@ -1747,7 +1751,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the
 device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned
 array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -1796,13 +1800,13 @@ devices in devices
 

 

 
nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint64 version_id,
-                   guint32 flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint64 version_id,
+                   guint32 flags,
+                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                   GError **error);

 
Attempts to update device with changes to the currently active connection
 made since it was last applied.

 

@@ -1821,7 +1825,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

  
 
 
@@ -1838,12 +1842,12 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1851,7 +1855,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1862,11 +1866,11 @@ will be set.

 
void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
                          NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint64 version_id,
-                         guint32 flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         guint64 version_id,
+                         guint32 flags,
+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the
 currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 

@@ -1885,7 +1889,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

  
 
 
@@ -1902,7 +1906,7 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1924,10 +1928,10 @@ catch concurrent accesses.

 

 

 
nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GAsyncResult *result,
+                          GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1945,12 +1949,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1958,7 +1962,7 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1968,10 +1972,10 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

 
NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
-                                  guint32 flags,
-                                  guint64 *version_id,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  guint32 flags,
+                                  guint64 *version_id,
+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);
 
Fetch the currently applied connection on the device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2000,12 +2004,12 @@ the applied connection. 

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -2014,7 +2018,7 @@ the applied connection. 

 

 
Returns

 
 a NMConnection with the currently applied settings
-or NULL on error.

+or NULL on error.

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2027,11 +2031,11 @@ to void
 nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
                                (NMDevice *device,
-                                guint32 flags,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
-
Asynchronously begins an get the a currently applied connection.

+                                guint32 flags,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
+
Asynchronously begins and gets the currently applied connection.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2053,7 +2057,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
 
-
+
@@ -2078,9 +2082,9 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
 
NMConnection *
 nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
                                (NMDevice *device,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                guint64 *version_id,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                guint64 *version_id,
+                                GError **error);
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

 
Parameters

@@ -2098,7 +2102,7 @@ nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
 

-
+
@@ -2109,7 +2113,7 @@ connection. 

-
+
@@ -2117,7 +2121,7 @@ connection. 

 
Returns

-
 a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case
+
 a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case
 of error.

 
The connection is as received from D-Bus and might not validate according
 to nm_connection_verify(). 

@@ -2128,10 +2132,10 @@ to 
 
nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                      GError **error);

 
Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from
 automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection
 request.

@@ -2151,12 +2155,12 @@ request.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2164,7 +2168,7 @@ request.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -2173,9 +2177,9 @@ will be set.
nm_device_disconnect_async ()
void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                            gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and
 prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next
 manual network connection request.

@@ -2195,7 +2199,7 @@ manual network connection request.

-
+
@@ -2216,10 +2220,10 @@ manual network connection request.

 
nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GAsyncResult *result,
+                             GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2237,12 +2241,12 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -2250,17 +2254,17 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                  GError **error);

 
Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2278,12 +2282,12 @@ nm_device_delete (
cancellable

-

+
-
+
@@ -2291,7 +2295,7 @@ nm_device_delete (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
@@ -2300,9 +2304,9 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);

+                        GCancellable *cancellable,
+                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                        gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously begins deleteing the software device. Hardware devices can't
 be deleted.

 

@@ -2321,7 +2325,7 @@ be deleted.

 
 

-
+
@@ -2342,10 +2346,10 @@ be deleted.

 

 

 
nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GAsyncResult *result,
+                         GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2363,12 +2367,12 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -2376,16 +2380,16 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);

+                              const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns
 connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device
 
@@ -2423,14 +2427,14 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see
 
 an array of
 NMConnections that could be activated with the given device
 .  The array
-should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
                             NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
@@ -2467,17 +2471,17 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
 whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if
 device
@@ -2512,7 +2516,7 @@ against

 
 

-
+
@@ -2520,14 +2524,14 @@ against

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
@@ -2637,7 +2641,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2645,7 +2649,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name,
@@ -2682,18 +2686,18 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
-was found, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
+was found, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);

+                                      guint *out_value);

 
Gets the uint value of attribute with name name
  on neighbor
 

@@ -2726,15 +2730,15 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a uint attribute with name name
-was found, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if a uint attribute with name name
+was found, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name);

 
Get the type of an attribute.

@@ -2762,7 +2766,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
+
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
 

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2948,7 +2952,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2956,7 +2960,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

 
The available connections of the device

 
Element-type: NMRemoteConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2993,7 +2997,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *

+
  “driver”                   gchar *

 
The driver of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3001,7 +3005,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *

+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

 
The version of the device driver.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3009,8 +3013,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
+
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
 for its operation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3018,7 +3022,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

 
The firmware version of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3026,7 +3030,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *

+
  “interface”                gchar *

 
The interface of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3034,7 +3038,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

 
The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related
 operations like addressing and routing.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3057,14 +3061,14 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

 
The LLDP neighbors.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean

+
  “managed”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3072,7 +3076,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the device is metered.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -3081,7 +3085,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
The MTU of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 1500

@@ -3089,8 +3093,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
+
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
 is not installed.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3099,7 +3103,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

 
The physical port ID of the device. (See
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3108,7 +3112,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *

+
  “product”                  gchar *

 
The product string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3116,7 +3120,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean

+
  “real”                     gboolean

 
Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could
 be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -3135,7 +3139,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint

+
  “state-reason”             guint

 
The reason for the device state.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -3143,7 +3147,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *

+
  “udi”                      gchar *

 
An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not
 unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs.  It
 is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem)
@@ -3156,7 +3160,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 

 

 
The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *

+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

 
The vendor string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3168,10 +3172,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     new_state,
+               guint     old_state,
+               guint     reason,
+               gpointer  user_data)

 
Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3210,7 +3214,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
index c4cd4a58..c43bbbc3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceAdsl implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ NMDeviceAdsl implements
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html
index 2870d64a..14f870e9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBond implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bond device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
index 54255c71..1aeadba6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBridge implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bridge device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
index 79d36a83..e0dfbccd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceBt implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the bluetooth device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
index b6f81170..3e4d779b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceDummy.html
@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@
 Top  | 
                   Description  | 
                   Object Hierarchy  | 
-                  Implemented Interfaces
+                  Implemented Interfaces  | 
+                  Properties
 
 Home
 Up
@@ -34,21 +35,59 @@
 
 

 

+
Functions

+

++++
+
+
+
+
+




const char *
+
+nm_device_dummy_get_hw_address ()
+

+

+

+
Properties

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+






+gchar *hw-addressRead

+

+

 
Types and Values

 

-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+

 
 
 
 
#defineNM_DEVICE_DUMMY_HW_ADDRESS

  
 NMDeviceDummy

 

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceDummy
@@ -58,22 +97,65 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceDummy implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

 

 

 
Functions

-

+

+
nm_device_dummy_get_hw_address ()

+
const char *
+nm_device_dummy_get_hw_address (NMDeviceDummy *device);

+
Gets the hardware (MAC) address of the NMDeviceDummy

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





device
a NMDeviceDummy
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the hardware address. This is the internal string used by the
+device, and must not be modified.

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

 

+
NM_DEVICE_DUMMY_HW_ADDRESS

+
#define NM_DEVICE_DUMMY_HW_ADDRESS  "hw-address"
+

+

+

+

 
NMDeviceDummy

 
typedef struct _NMDeviceDummy NMDeviceDummy;

 

 

+

+
Property Details

+

+
The “hw-address” property

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

+
Flags: Read

+
Default value: NULL

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

 

 

 
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.25

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
index 3b69db6f..d160db6f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()
@@ -92,29 +92,29 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 speed
 Read
 
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceEthernet implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

 

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (
 
nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies subchannels of this network device used for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
The speed of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
index b01f3880..75e1c785 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type-description
 Read
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceGeneric implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *

-
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
+
  “type-description”         gchar *

+
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
 if not known.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
index c8b90517..84dd605f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -139,35 +139,35 @@
 
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encapsulation-limit
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 input-key
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 output-key
 Read
 
@@ -178,23 +178,23 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 remote
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceIPTunnel implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ to tunneled packets.

 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to
 be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6
 tunnels.

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property
 applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled input packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled output packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value
  meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
index 3c3606e2..111c9d22 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceInfiniband implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
index afe6d691..c6670e1f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacsec.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_window ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_es ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()
@@ -165,38 +165,38 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 cipher-suite
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encoding-sa
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 encrypt
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 es
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 icv-length
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 include-sci
 Read
 
@@ -207,33 +207,33 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 replay-protect
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 scb
 Read
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 sci
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 validation
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 window
 Read
 
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacsec
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceMacsec implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_sci ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the Secure Channel Identifier in use

 

@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_sci (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the length of ICV (Integrity Check Value)

 

@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_icv_length (
 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the set of cryptographic algorithms in use

 

@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_cipher_suite (
 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_window ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_macsec_get_window (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the size of the replay window

 

@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_window (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_macsec_get_encoding_sa (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets the value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security
 Association in use.

@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ disabled)

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled

 

@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_encrypt (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled

 

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_protect (
 
nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_include_sci (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted
 frames

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_es ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_es (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for
 transmitted frames

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ transmitted frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_scb ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_scb (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in
 SecTAG for transmitted frames

@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames

 

 

 
nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (NMDeviceMacsec *device);

 
Gets whether replay protection is enabled

 

@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (
Property Details

 

 
The “cipher-suite” property

-
  “cipher-suite”             guint64

+
  “cipher-suite”             guint64

 
The set of cryptographic algorithms in use.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ nm_device_macsec_get_replay_protect (
 

 
The “encoding-sa” property

-
  “encoding-sa”              guchar

+
  “encoding-sa”              guchar

 
The value of the Association Number (0..3) for the Security
 Association in use.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ Association in use.

 

 

 
The “encrypt” property

-
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

+
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

 
Whether encryption of transmitted frames is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ Association in use.

 

 

 
The “es” property

-
  “es”                       gboolean

+
  “es”                       gboolean

 
Whether the ES (End station) bit is enabled in SecTAG for
 transmitted frames.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “icv-length” property

-
  “icv-length”               guchar

+
  “icv-length”               guchar

 
The length of ICV (Integrity Check Value).

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “include-sci” property

-
  “include-sci”              gboolean

+
  “include-sci”              gboolean

 
Whether the SCI is always included in SecTAG for transmitted
 frames.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “protect” property

-
  “protect”                  gboolean

+
  “protect”                  gboolean

 
Whether protection of transmitted frames is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “replay-protect” property

-
  “replay-protect”           gboolean

+
  “replay-protect”           gboolean

 
Whether replay protection is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ frames.

 

 

 
The “scb” property

-
  “scb”                      gboolean

+
  “scb”                      gboolean

 
Whether the SCB (Single Copy Broadcast) bit is enabled in
 SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “sci” property

-
  “sci”                      guint64

+
  “sci”                      guint64

 
The Secure Channel Identifier in use.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ SecTAG for transmitted frames.

 

 

 
The “validation” property

-
  “validation”               gchar *

+
  “validation”               gchar *

 
The validation mode for incoming packets (strict, check,
 disabled).

 
Flags: Read

@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ disabled).

 

 

 
The “window” property

-
  “window”                   guint

+
  “window”                   guint

 
The size of the replay window.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
index adae7e11..17e803d2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -94,18 +94,18 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-promisc
 Read
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 tap
 Read
 
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceMacvlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

 

@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (
 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

 

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The MACVLAN mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

 
Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
index 7f9046b9..a7dae607 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceModem implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
index be5c2956..4bc58393 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 active-channel
 Read
 
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceOlpcMesh implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -192,14 +192,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

 
Returns

-
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

+
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 
Property Details

 

 
The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint

+
  “active-channel”           guint

 
The device's active channel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index d7b78da6..ccf7441b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -51,14 +51,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceTeam implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -208,13 +208,13 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Gets the devices currently enslaved to device
 .

@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The current JSON configuration of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices enslaved to the team device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
index eb87644a..d28acaba 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_owner ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_group ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -109,39 +109,39 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-pi
 Read
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 owner
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceTun implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (
 
nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel owner.

 

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (
 
nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel group.

 

@@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (
 
nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

 

@@ -347,14 +347,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

 

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64

+
  “group”                    gint64

 
The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to
 the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive
 queues.

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ queues.

 

 

 
The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is
 prepended to the tunnel packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64

+
  “owner”                    gint64

 
The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets
 include a virtio network header.

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index b87b2254..f696e1aa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceVlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint

+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

 
The device's VLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
index 2f841e07..b6533521 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()
@@ -196,60 +196,60 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ageing
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 dst-port
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l2miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l3miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 learning
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 limit
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
@@ -260,32 +260,32 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 proxy
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 rsc
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-max
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-min
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceVxlan implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ forwarding table

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint

+
  “dst-port”                 guint

 
The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel
 endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ endpoint.

 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

+
  “group”                    gchar *

 
The unicast destination IP address used in outgoing packets when the
 destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The device's VXLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 16777215

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered
 into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint

+
  “src-port-max”             guint

 
The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint

+
  “src-port-min”             guint

 
The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
index 02a0b206..522db515 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 access-points
 Read
 
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bitrate
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -210,12 +210,12 @@
 
 void
 access-point-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 access-point-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceWifi implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -474,14 +474,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing all the
+
 a GPtrArray containing all the
 scanned NMAccessPoints.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -510,10 +510,10 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -555,11 +555,11 @@ set.

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GVariant *options,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -586,17 +586,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -615,9 +615,9 @@ set.

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -663,10 +663,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GVariant *options,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -694,12 +694,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -721,10 +721,10 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ set.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

 
List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint

+
  “bitrate”                  guint

 
The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -872,8 +872,8 @@ set.

 
The “access-point-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -902,15 +902,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “access-point-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
index 902b76d5..3322e8f7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()
@@ -132,39 +132,39 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bsid
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 center-frequency
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 cinr
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 nsps
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 rssi
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 tx-power
 Read
 
@@ -183,12 +183,12 @@
 
 void
 nsp-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 nsp-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDeviceWimax implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -355,14 +355,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
 a GPtrArray containing
 all the scanned NMWimaxNsps.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

 

 

 

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *

+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

 
The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
 no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint

+
  “center-frequency”         guint

 
The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
 communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint

+
  “cinr”                     gint

 
CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
 in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
 meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

 
List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMWimaxNsp

 
Flags: Read

@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint

+
  “rssi”                     gint

 
RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
 the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
 indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint

+
  “tx-power”                 gint

 
Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
 0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
 -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -716,8 +716,8 @@ device is not connected.

 
The “nsp-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -750,15 +750,15 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “nsp-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
index 1783fe5c..93ab4f8e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 

@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMDhcpConfig implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (
 
nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing
+
 the GHashTable containing
 strings for keys and values.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,utf8)

 
Flags: Read

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
index 1282637c..2bc3d610 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_routes ()
@@ -115,44 +115,44 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 addresses
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 domains
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 nameservers
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 routes
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 searches
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 wins-servers
 Read
 
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMIPConfig implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMIPAddresses.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the
 returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <
 

 

 
nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must
 not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is
 safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

 
 the array of domains.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

 
 the array of DNS search strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 
Returns

 
 the arry of WINS server IP address strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -508,21 +508,21 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv

+
  “domains”                  GStrv

 
The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IP gateway address of the configuration as string.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -540,28 +540,28 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv

+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

 
The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv

+
  “searches”                 GStrv

 
The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

 
The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration.
 (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
index c6fae01c..0bd269b9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
@@ -61,25 +61,25 @@
 
 
 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 dbus-connection
 Read
 
 
 
-GDBusObject *
+GDBusObject *
 dbus-object
 Write / Construct Only
 
 
 
-GDBusObjectManager *
+GDBusObjectManager *
 dbus-object-manager
 Write / Construct Only
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 path
 Read
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMObject implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -193,31 +193,31 @@ object, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

-
The GDBusConnection of the object.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

+
The GDBusConnection of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “dbus-object” property

-
  “dbus-object”              GDBusObject *

-
The GDBusObject of the object.

+
  “dbus-object”              GDBusObject *

+
The GDBusObject of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Write / Construct Only

 

 

 

 
The “dbus-object-manager” property

-
  “dbus-object-manager”      GDBusObjectManager *

-
The GDBusObjectManager of the object.

+
  “dbus-object-manager”      GDBusObjectManager *

+
The GDBusObjectManager of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Write / Construct Only

 

 

 

 
The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *

+
  “path”                     gchar *

 
The D-Bus object path.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
index 03b7753e..839ac5f0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()
@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 unsaved
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 visible
 Read
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMRemoteConnection implements
- GInitable,  GAsyncInitable and  NMConnection.

+ GInitable,  GAsyncInitable and  NMConnection.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -230,16 +230,16 @@ NMRemoteConnection implements
 
Functions

 

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection
  to
 NetworkManager. If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
-disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
+disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -261,12 +261,12 @@ disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representat
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representat
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -284,15 +284,15 @@ will be set.
void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of
 connection
  to NetworkManager. If save
- is TRUE, the updated connection will
-be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
+ is TRUE, the updated connection will
+be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
 changed.

 
Parameters

@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ changed.

 
 

-
+
@@ -336,11 +336,11 @@ changed.

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -358,12 +358,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -371,17 +371,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GCancellable *cancellable,
+                           GError **error);

 
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 

@@ -400,12 +400,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -422,9 +422,9 @@ will be set.
nm_remote_connection_save_async ()
void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                 gpointer user_data);
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
@@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GAsyncResult *result,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -498,17 +498,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
cancellable

-

+
-
+
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
@@ -548,9 +548,9 @@ will be set.

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

-
+
@@ -589,10 +589,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -610,12 +610,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -623,18 +623,18 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call,
 not a simple property accessor.

 

@@ -658,12 +658,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
+
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
 connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

 

 
 

@@ -683,9 +683,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                 const char *setting_name,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 
 

-
+
@@ -729,11 +729,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -751,12 +751,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -764,16 +764,16 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 containing connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

+'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -792,15 +792,15 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
-been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
+
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
+been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
 representation.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 
Checks if the connection is visible to the current user.  If the
 connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will
@@ -827,8 +827,8 @@ reference to it.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
-user, FALSE if not.

+
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
+user, FALSE if not.

 

 

 
@@ -867,17 +867,17 @@ user, FALSE if not.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
-to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
+to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
+
  “visible”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
 not.  If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it
 will not contain any settings, and operations such as
 nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
index 8e11585e..45f7024f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -170,12 +170,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
 

 

@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMSecretAgentOld implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 
 

 
Description

@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ NMSecretAgentOld implements
 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GVariant *secrets,
+                                   GError *error,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to
 return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with
@@ -272,16 +272,16 @@ something like this:

 
 secrets = nm_simple_connection_new ();
 s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new ();
-g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
+g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
               NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK",
-              NULL);
+              NULL);
 nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec));
 secrets_dict = nm_connection_to_dbus (secrets, NM_CONNECTION_SERIALIZE_ALL);
 
 (call the NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc with secrets_dict)
 
-g_object_unref (secrets);
-g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
+g_object_unref (secrets);
+g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
       
     

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-register
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *identifier
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 registered
 Read
 

   

@@ -306,13 +306,13 @@ something like this:

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were requested,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
 
 
secrets

-
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
+
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
 secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example).  Each key in secrets
 should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
 and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant.  The sub-dicts
@@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ and the value is the secret

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GError *error,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ has returned. 

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GError *error,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -431,10 +431,10 @@ has returned. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save
 secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -456,12 +456,12 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

@@ -477,9 +477,9 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and
 save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -522,10 +522,10 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -543,12 +543,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -556,16 +556,16 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GError **error);

 
Unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or
 store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -585,12 +585,12 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

 

 

 

@@ -606,9 +606,9 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide
 or store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -649,10 +649,10 @@ or store secrets on behalf of this user.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GAsyncResult *result,
+                                       GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -670,12 +670,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -683,13 +683,13 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (
 

 
Returns

-
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

 

 

 

@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (const char **hints,
                                  NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                                  NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection
  for the
 setting setting_name
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
                                   NMConnection *connection,
                                   NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection
  are stored to
 disk.

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ disk.

 nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
                                     NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to
 connection
 .

@@ -908,15 +908,15 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean

-
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

+
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
 NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the
 agent will re-register itself automatically.

-
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
+
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
 agent will register itself with NetworkManager during
 construction/initialization, and initialization will fail with an error
 if the agent is unable to register itself.

-
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
+
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
 NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_register() or
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

 
Calling nm_secret_agent_old_unregister() will suppress auto-registration
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ you expect it to be unregistered.

 

 

 
The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *

+
  “identifier”               gchar *

 
Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the
 same identifier.  Identifier formatting follows the same rules as
 D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not
@@ -950,8 +950,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 

 

 
The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean

-
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean

+
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
index ad551841..a56add03 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_setting_lookup_type ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify_secrets ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_compare ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_diff ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
 
 
 
-const GVariantType *
+const GVariantType *
 
 
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -219,13 +219,13 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
     ├── NMSettingDiffResult
     ╰── NMSettingMacRandomization
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ├── NMSetting8021x
         ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -245,6 +245,10 @@
         ├── NMSettingMacsec
         ├── NMSettingMacvlan
         ├── NMSettingOlpcMesh
+        ├── NMSettingOvsBridge
+        ├── NMSettingOvsInterface
+        ├── NMSettingOvsPatch
+        ├── NMSettingOvsPort
         ├── NMSettingPpp
         ├── NMSettingPppoe
         ├── NMSettingProxy
@@ -275,11 +279,11 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Functions

 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -314,7 +318,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

@@ -323,9 +327,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.
void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -368,9 +372,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -388,7 +392,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
+
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
 name
 is not recognized.

 

@@ -451,14 +455,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
                    NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -478,13 +482,13 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

-
+
@@ -492,18 +496,18 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
                            NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the setting.
-The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
+The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation.
 The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because
 in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

@@ -525,13 +529,13 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

 

-
+
@@ -539,14 +543,14 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -582,18 +586,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -627,7 +631,7 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
@@ -644,7 +648,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

 
 

@@ -653,7 +657,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -712,17 +716,17 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -751,7 +755,7 @@ handle that secret.

 

-
+
@@ -759,18 +763,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -799,7 +803,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -807,19 +811,19 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

 
Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name
  is a D-Bus
-property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

 

 
Parameters

 
connection

 
 the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
connection

 
 the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -1144,7 +1148,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W
 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the
 connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for
 example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index 10870083..e9d35c7a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -747,19 +747,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -770,30 +770,30 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -814,54 +814,54 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -872,19 +872,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -895,19 +895,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -918,13 +918,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -935,13 +935,13 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -952,12 +952,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -1181,12 +1181,12 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ╰── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMSetting8021xAuthFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 

@@ -1228,9 +1228,9 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 
nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

 
NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);

+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
+                                     gsize length,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Determines and verifies the blob type.
 When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x
 the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1545,12 +1545,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1760,12 +1760,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *value,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1790,7 +1790,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

 

@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1898,14 +1898,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -2001,8 +2001,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -2069,8 +2069,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2247,12 +2247,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

 

@@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 
 
 

@@ -2417,7 +2417,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@ use 
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2634,12 +2634,12 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *value,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2664,7 +2664,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

@@ -2688,7 +2688,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2773,14 +2773,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2877,8 +2877,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2887,7 +2887,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2915,7 +2915,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2945,8 +2945,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -3127,13 +3127,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

@@ -3186,7 +3186,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3440,7 +3440,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3534,13 +3534,13 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *value,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3554,7 +3554,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -3584,13 +3584,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3615,7 +3615,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3736,7 +3736,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3831,14 +3831,14 @@ for local files and 'data' URIs for inline certificate data).

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *value,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3852,7 +3852,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3882,14 +3882,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3914,7 +3914,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -4029,7 +4029,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_auth_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “auth-timeout” property.

 

@@ -4507,7 +4507,7 @@ should be used.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “altsubject-matches” property

-
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

+
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty,
 no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

@@ -4516,7 +4516,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

 
Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Used as the
 unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled
 identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -4526,7 +4526,7 @@ identity like EAP-TTLS.

 

 

 
The “auth-timeout” property

-
  “auth-timeout”             gint

+
  “auth-timeout”             gint

 
A timeout for the authentication. Zero means the global default; if the
 global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4537,7 +4537,7 @@ global default is not set, the authentication timeout is 25 seconds.

 

 

 
The “ca-cert” property

-
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

+
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

 
Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the
 “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -4555,7 +4555,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “ca-cert-password” property

-
  “ca-cert-password”         gchar *

+
  “ca-cert-password”         gchar *

 
The password used to access the CA certificate stored in
 “ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4574,7 +4574,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “client-cert” property

-
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

+
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

 
Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in
 the “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -4600,7 +4600,7 @@ with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.

 

 

 
The “client-cert-password” property

-
  “client-cert-password”     gchar *

+
  “client-cert-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to access the client certificate stored in
 “client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4619,7 +4619,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *

+
  “domain-suffix-match”      gchar *

 
Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix
 match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by
 the authentication server.  If a matching dNSName is found, this
@@ -4632,7 +4632,7 @@ matched against SubjectName CN using same suffix match comparison.

 

 

 
The “eap” property

-
  “eap”                      GStrv

+
  “eap”                      GStrv

 
The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with
 802.1x.  Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd",
 and "fast".  Each method requires different configuration using the
@@ -4643,7 +4643,7 @@ allowed combinations.

 

 

 
The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *

+
  “identity”                 gchar *

 
Identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Often the user's user or
 login name.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4652,7 +4652,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -4660,7 +4660,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
 property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-raw” property

-
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

+
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

 
Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to
 allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
@@ -4694,10 +4694,10 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “phase1-auth-flags” property

-
  “phase1-auth-flags”        guint

+
  “phase1-auth-flags”        guint

 
Specifies authentication flags to use in "phase 1" outer
 authentication using NMSetting8021xAuthFlags options.
-The invidual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain
+The individual TLS versions can be explicitly disabled. If a certain
 TLS disable flag is not set, it is up to the supplicant to allow
 or forbid it. The TLS options map to tls_disable_tlsv1_x settings.
 See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

@@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

 
Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when
 FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property.
 Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated
@@ -4721,7 +4721,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

 
Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS
 servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with
 PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the
@@ -4732,7 +4732,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

 
Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in
 the “eap” property.  When unset, the version reported by
 the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it
@@ -4745,7 +4745,7 @@ version.

 

 

 
The “phase2-altsubject-matches” property

-
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

+
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner
 "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the
@@ -4755,7 +4755,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when
 an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are
@@ -4768,7 +4768,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods
 when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are
@@ -4781,7 +4781,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-cert” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

+
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified
 in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap”
 properties.

@@ -4800,7 +4800,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-cert-password” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert-password”  gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-cert-password”  gchar *

 
The password used to access the "phase2" CA certificate stored in
 “phase2-ca-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4819,7 +4819,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -4829,7 +4829,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “phase2-client-cert” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method
 specified in the “phase2-auth” or
 “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -4848,7 +4848,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-client-cert-password” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-client-cert-password” gchar *

 
The password used to access the "phase2" client certificate stored in
 “phase2-client-cert” property. Only makes sense if the certificate
 is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

@@ -4867,7 +4867,7 @@ is stored on a PKCS#11 token that requires a login.

 

 

 
The “phase2-domain-suffix-match” property

-
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *

+
  “phase2-domain-suffix-match” gchar *

 
Constraint for server domain name. If set, this FQDN is used as a suffix
 match requirement for dNSName element(s) of the certificate presented by
 the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication.  If
@@ -4881,7 +4881,7 @@ using same suffix match comparison.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key” property

-
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the
 “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” property is
 set to "tls".

@@ -4907,7 +4907,7 @@ password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the
 “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either
 uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -4929,7 +4929,7 @@ function.

 

 

 
The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2"
 authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server
@@ -4942,7 +4942,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ NMSetting8021x:phase2-domain-suffix-match.

 

 

 
The “private-key” property

-
  “private-key”              GBytes *

+
  “private-key”              GBytes *

 
Contains the private key when the “eap” property is set to
 "tls".

 
Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob
@@ -4987,7 +4987,7 @@ private key data.

 

 

 
The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the
 “private-key” property when the private key either uses the
 path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -5008,7 +5008,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *

+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the
 authentication server certificate's subject is performed.  This property
@@ -5020,8 +5020,8 @@ NMSetting8021x:domain-suffix-match.

 

 

 
The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

-
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
+
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

+
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
 “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory
 specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch.  The
 certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index 12724c50..3f2ec01a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

 
Encapsulation of ADSL connection.  Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *

+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

 
ADSL connection protocol.  Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint

+
  “vci”                      guint

 
VCI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint

+
  “vpi”                      guint

 
VPI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
index f5c0cf41..4c87f4f0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -119,6 +119,10 @@
 
+
+
+
+
@@ -127,7 +131,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -204,8 +208,8 @@ either DUN to a DUN-capable device or PANU to a NAP-capable device).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the type, either NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_PANU or
-NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_DUN

+
 the type, either NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_PANU,
+NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_NAP or NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_DUN

 

 
 
@@ -241,8 +245,16 @@ DUN profile.

 
NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_PANU

 
#define NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_PANU "panu"
 

-
Connection type describing a connection to devices that support the Bluetooth
-NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

+
Connection type describing PANU connection to a Bluetooth NAP (Network
+Access Point).

+
+

+

+
NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_NAP

+
#define NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_NAP "nap"
+

+
Connection type describing a Bluetooth NAP (Network Access Point),
+which accepts PANU clients.

 

 

 

@@ -255,7 +267,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bdaddr” property

-
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

+
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

 
The Bluetooth address of the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -263,7 +275,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal
 Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
index ff5e946b..b2e69366 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

+GHashTable *
 
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -402,14 +402,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -448,14 +448,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -485,14 +485,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_auth_timeout ()
@@ -713,30 +713,30 @@
 
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *anonymous-identity
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 auth-timeout
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *ca-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *client-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *domain-suffix-match
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 eap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pac-file
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *password-raw
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 phase1-auth-flags
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peaplabel
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peapver
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 phase2-altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-auth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-autheap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-client-cert-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-domain-suffix-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 system-ca-certs
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
  
 
  
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

   
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *encapsulation
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *protocol
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vci
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vpi
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *bdaddr
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 
NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_PANU
 

 
#defineNM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_NAP

  
 NMSettingBluetooth
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 

 
-GHashTable *options
 Read / Write
 

@@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ the name
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

 
 

@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (NMSettingBond *setting);
 
Returns a list of valid bond options.

 
The setting
- argument is unused and may be passed as NULL.

+ argument is unused and may be passed as NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options.  Both keys and values
 must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters
 (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index cff76051..ce6d30e5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

+
+
+
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -210,6 +223,10 @@
 
 
+
+
+
+
@@ -221,7 +238,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -272,7 +289,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -297,7 +314,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -322,7 +339,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -347,7 +364,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -372,7 +389,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -397,7 +414,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -421,8 +438,35 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (
 

 

+
nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask ()

+
guint16
+nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask
+                               (NMSettingBridge *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -106,7 +106,15 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+guint16
+
+nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask ()
+

+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()
@@ -125,43 +133,48 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 forward-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguintgroup-forward-maskRead / Write / Construct
guint
 hello-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 max-age
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 multicast-snooping
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 stp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 #defineNM_SETTING_BRIDGE_GROUP_FORWARD_MASK
#define
 NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_MULTICAST_SNOOPING
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingBridge
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “group-forward-mask” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -498,6 +542,12 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_GROUP_FORWARD_MASK

+
#define NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_GROUP_FORWARD_MASK "group-forward-mask"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_MULTICAST_SNOOPING

 
#define NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_MULTICAST_SNOOPING "multicast-snooping"
 

@@ -513,7 +563,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint

+
  “ageing-time”              guint

 
The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -522,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint

+
  “forward-delay”            guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -530,8 +580,23 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 

+
The “group-forward-mask” property

+
  “group-forward-mask”       guint

+
A mask of group addresses to forward. Usually, group addresses in
+the range from 01:80:C2:00:00:00 to 01:80:C2:00:00:0F are not
+forwarded according to standards. This property is a mask of 16 bits,
+each corresponding to a group address in that range that must be
+forwarded. The mask can't have bits 0, 1 or 2 set because they are
+used for STP, MAC pause frames and LACP.

+
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

+
Allowed values: <= 65535

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint

+
  “hello-time”               guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -540,17 +605,21 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this
-MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside
-NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

+MAC address will be set.

+
If this field is left unspecified, the "ethernet.cloned-mac-address" is
+referred instead to generate the initial MAC address. Note that setting
+"ethernet.cloned-mac-address" anyway overwrites the MAC address of
+the bridge later while activating the bridge. Hence, this property
+is deprecated.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

 

 

 

 
The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint

+
  “max-age”                  guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -559,7 +628,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “multicast-snooping” property

-
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

+
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

 
Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge.
 Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions,
 the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are
@@ -571,7 +640,7 @@ resolved.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge.  Lower
 values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root
 bridge.

@@ -582,7 +651,7 @@ bridge.

 

 

 
The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean

+
  “stp”                      gboolean

 
Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index 75635d2a..04547c51 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -86,17 +86,17 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 hairpin-mode
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 path-cost
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
 
Property Details

 

 
The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

-
Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

+
Enables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
 be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 

 

 
The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint

+
  “path-cost”                guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this
 port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ port.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index 06dac684..7fea983e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu ()
@@ -99,19 +99,19 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 number
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 password
 Read / Write
 
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 username
 Read / Write
 
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu (NMSettingCdma *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_mtu (
Property Details

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile
 broadband network, if any.  If not specified, the default number (777)
 is used when required.

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ is used when required.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index 0ec4eca5..4dc2e00e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -272,6 +272,14 @@
 nm_setting_connection_get_lldp ()
 
 
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries ()
+
+
 
 

 

@@ -285,17 +293,22 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gint
+auth-retries
+Read / Write / Construct
+
+
+gboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 autoconnect-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 autoconnect-retries
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -305,30 +318,30 @@
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 gateway-ping-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 id
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 interface-name
 Read / Write
 
 
-gint
+gint
 lldp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 master
 Read / Write
 
@@ -338,52 +351,52 @@
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 permissions
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 read-only
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 secondaries
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 slave-type
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 stable-id
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 timestamp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 uuid
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 zone
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -491,6 +504,10 @@
 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_LLDP
 
 
+#define
+NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_AUTH_RETRIES
+
+
 enum
 NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
 
@@ -507,10 +524,10 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionLldp
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 

@@ -670,7 +687,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -696,7 +713,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect-priority” property of the connection.
@@ -724,7 +741,7 @@ The higher number, the higher priority.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_retries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect-retries” property of the connection.
@@ -753,7 +770,7 @@ Zero means infinite, -1 means the global default value.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -779,7 +796,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

@@ -799,13 +816,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the “permissions”
@@ -833,9 +850,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -874,7 +891,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 
 
out_detail

-
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

+
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 
 
@@ -882,7 +899,7 @@ of this setting.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 

@@ -915,7 +932,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -944,14 +961,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -987,7 +1004,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 
 
detail

-
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

+
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -995,8 +1012,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid or it the permission was already
 present in the list

@@ -1008,7 +1025,7 @@ present in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -1037,7 +1054,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -1074,7 +1091,7 @@ be a username. See 
detail

-
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

+
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1082,7 +1099,7 @@ be a username. See 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1115,7 +1132,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

@@ -1144,7 +1161,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 

@@ -1206,7 +1223,7 @@ with the connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1234,7 +1251,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1266,7 +1283,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

@@ -1294,7 +1311,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 

@@ -1304,7 +1321,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1333,7 +1350,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1363,13 +1380,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1447,6 +1464,35 @@ enabled for the connection.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

+

+

+
nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries
+                               (NMSettingConnection *setting);

+
Returns the value contained in the “auth-retries” property.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingConnection
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the configured authentication retries. Zero means
+infinity and -1 means a global default value.

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

@@ -1589,6 +1635,12 @@ enabled for the connection.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_AUTH_RETRIES

+
#define NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_AUTH_RETRIES   "auth-retries"
+

+

+

+

 
enum NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves

 
NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves values indicate whether slave connections
 should be activated when master is activated.

@@ -1676,11 +1728,24 @@ should be activated when master is activated.

 

 
Property Details

 

+
The “auth-retries” property

+
  “auth-retries”             gint

+
The number of retries for the authentication. Zero means to try indefinitely; -1 means
+to use a global default. If the global default is not set, the authentication
+retries for 3 times before failing the connection.

+
Currently this only applies to 802-1x authentication.

+
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

+
Allowed values: >= -1

+
Default value: -1

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by
 NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available.
-TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
+TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
 intervention to activate the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1688,7 +1753,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect-priority” property

-
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

+
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

 
The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect,
 connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0.
 The higher number means higher priority.

@@ -1699,10 +1764,12 @@ The higher number means higher priority.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect-retries” property

-
  “autoconnect-retries”      gint

-
The number of times a connection should be tried when autoctivating before
+
  “autoconnect-retries”      gint

+
The number of times a connection should be tried when autoactivating before
 giving up. Zero means forever, -1 means the global default (4 times if not
-overridden).

+overridden). Setting this to 1 means to try activation only once before
+blocking autoconnect. Note that after a timeout, NetworkManager will try
+to autoconnect again.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: >= -1

 
Default value: -1

@@ -1725,7 +1792,7 @@ determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.

 

 

 
The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

 
If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the
 timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1735,7 +1802,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi"
 or "T-Mobile 3G".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1744,7 +1811,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not
 set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the
 appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1760,7 +1827,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “lldp” property

-
  “lldp”                     gint

+
  “lldp”                     gint

 
Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: -1

@@ -1769,7 +1836,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1788,9 +1855,9 @@ the change takes effect immediately.

 

 

 
The “permissions” property

-
  “permissions”              GStrv

+
  “permissions”              GStrv

 
An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this
-connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
+connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
 this connection; otherwise users are allowed if and only if they are in
 this list.  When this is not empty, the connection can be active only when
 one of the specified users is logged into an active session.  Each entry
@@ -1805,9 +1872,9 @@ use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean

-
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
-service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
+
  “read-only”                gboolean

+
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
+service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
 connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1815,7 +1882,7 @@ connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 

 

 
The “secondaries” property

-
  “secondaries”              GStrv

+
  “secondaries”              GStrv

 
List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base
 connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are
 supported.

@@ -1824,9 +1891,9 @@ supported.

 

 

 
The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *

+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

 
Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg,
-NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
+NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
 slave.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1834,7 +1901,7 @@ slave.

 

 

 
The “stable-id” property

-
  “stable-id”                gchar *

+
  “stable-id”                gchar *

 
Token to generate stable IDs for the connection.

 
The stable-id is used for generating IPv6 stable private addresses
 with ipv6.addr-gen-mode=stable-privacy. It is also used to seed the
@@ -1844,7 +1911,7 @@ of the activating connection and a per-host secret key is included
 into the address generation so that the same stable-id on different
 hosts/devices yields different addresses.

 
If the value is unset, an ID unique for the connection is used.
-Specifing a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the
+Specifying a stable-id allows multiple connections to generate the
 same addresses. Another use is to generate IDs at runtime via
 dynamic substitutions.

 
The '$' character is treated special to perform dynamic substitutions
@@ -1864,7 +1931,7 @@ their stable-id is also identical before performing dynamic substitutions.

 

 

 
The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64

+
  “timestamp”                guint64

 
The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last
 _successfully_ fully activated.

 
NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the
@@ -1877,7 +1944,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should
 contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie,
 "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for
@@ -1889,7 +1956,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

 

 

 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated
 with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and
 never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same
@@ -1907,9 +1974,9 @@ be generated by 
 
The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *

+
  “zone”                     gchar *

 
The trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string
-(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
+(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
 the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the
 firewall.

 
When updating this property on a currently activated connection,
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index 285c1b7a..efffaae4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 app-fcoe-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 app-fcoe-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 Read / Write
 
 
-gint
+gint
 app-fip-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -260,19 +260,19 @@
 Read / Write
 
 
-gint
+gint
 app-iscsi-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-GArray *
+GArray *
 priority-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GArray *
+GArray *
 priority-flow-control
 Read / Write
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
 
 
 
-GArray *
+GArray *
 priority-group-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 
@@ -294,19 +294,19 @@
 
 
 
-GArray *
+GArray *
 priority-group-id
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GArray *
+GArray *
 priority-strict-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GArray *
+GArray *
 priority-traffic-class
 Read / Write
 
@@ -406,9 +406,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -638,10 +638,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -666,9 +666,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

@@ -677,8 +677,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -738,9 +738,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -776,8 +776,8 @@ only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -813,10 +813,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 

@@ -853,8 +853,8 @@ only valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);
+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -889,9 +889,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -927,8 +927,8 @@ These values are only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 

@@ -992,9 +992,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1004,8 +1004,8 @@ assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are o
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1029,9 +1029,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

@@ -1041,10 +1041,10 @@ its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not

  
 

 
 
 

@@ -1081,8 +1081,8 @@ valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);

@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

 
The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC
 (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fip-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ may be any combination of 
 
The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1
 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1322,19 +1322,19 @@ property includes the 
 
The “priority-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

+
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of
 the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all
 percentages for priorities which belong to the same group must total 100
-percent.

+percents.

 
Element-type: guint

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 
The “priority-flow-control” property

-
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

+
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding
 priority should transmit priority pause.

@@ -1353,11 +1353,11 @@ Flags may be any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the
 Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link
 bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the
-sum of all values must total 100 percent.

+sum of all values must total 100 percents.

 
Element-type: guint

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-id” property

-
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

+
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID.  Allowed
 Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

 
The “priority-strict-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may
 use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

 

 

 
The “priority-traffic-class” property

-
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

+
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to
 which the priority is mapped.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html
index d94079c5..17d5d116 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDummy.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDummy
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index 4332a58e..a6ae4f6e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index 111a4a4e..2be36702 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
+gchar *
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
+gchar *
+gchar *
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
+gchar *
@@ -214,19 +214,19 @@
 
+gchar *
+gchar *
+gchar *
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_sim_operator_id (
 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *

+
  “apn”                      gchar *

 
The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a
 data session with the GSM-based network.  The APN often determines how
 the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM
 

 

 
The “device-id” property

-
  “device-id”                gchar *

+
  “device-id”                gchar *

 
The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will only
 apply to the specified device.

@@ -780,8 +780,8 @@ apply to the specified device.

 

 

 
The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean

-
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
+
  “home-only”                gboolean

+
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
 Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *

+
  “network-id”               gchar *

 
The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network
 registration.  If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will
 attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network.
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based
 mobile broadband network.  Many modems do not require PPP for connections
 to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other
 operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the
 device.

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “sim-id” property

-
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

+
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

 
The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply
 to any device also allowed by “device-id” which contains a
@@ -868,12 +868,12 @@ SIM card matching the given identifier.

 

 

 
The “sim-operator-id” property

-
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

+
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

 
A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific
 mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given,
 the connection will apply to any device also allowed by
 “device-id” and “sim-id” which contains a SIM
-card provisioined by the given operator.

+card provisioned by the given operator.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ card provisioined by the given operator.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
index e83eee7f..963b1637 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ through that interface to the default network.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

 
A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the
 DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.
 When the property is a hex string ('aa:bb:cc') it is interpreted as a
@@ -325,8 +325,8 @@ non-hardware-address client ID and the 'type' field is set to 0.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-fqdn” property

-
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This
 property and “dhcp-hostname” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index 00bf63d0..b4b41ffb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -467,24 +467,25 @@ specified by RFC7217.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addr-gen-mode” property

-
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

+
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

 
Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6
-Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64",
-or "stable-privacy".

-
If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated
-using the interface tokens derived from  hardware address. This makes
+Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are:
+NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_EUI64 or
+NM_SETTING_IP6_CONFIG_ADDR_GEN_MODE_STABLE_PRIVACY.

+
If the property is set to EUI64, the addresses will be generated
+using the interface tokens derived from hardware address. This makes
 the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible
 to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes
 when the interface hardware is replaced.

-
The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically
+
The value of stable-privacy enables use of cryptographically
 secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection's
 stable-id and the network address as specified by RFC7217.
 This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence,
 and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is
 replaced.

 
On D-Bus, the absence of an addr-gen-mode setting equals enabling
-"stable-privacy". For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting
-on disk means "eui64" so that the property doesn't change on upgrade
+stable-privacy. For keyfile plugin, the absence of the setting
+on disk means EUI64 so that the property doesn't change on upgrade
 from older versions.

 
Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as
 configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the
@@ -517,7 +518,7 @@ setting as another way of avoiding host tracking with IPv6 addresses.

 

 

 
The “token” property

-
  “token”                    gchar *

+
  “token”                    gchar *

 
Configure the token for draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02
 IPv6 tokenized interface identifiers. Useful with eui64 addr-gen-mode.

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
index e7722f0b..f0a5107f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+GPtrArray *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -819,6 +840,10 @@
 
+
+
+
+
@@ -911,6 +936,10 @@
 
+
+
+
+
@@ -1010,10 +1039,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ╰── NMIPRoute
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ├── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -1038,8 +1067,8 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                    const char *addr,
-                   guint prefix,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint prefix,
+                   GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1068,7 +1097,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 

-
+
@@ -1076,7 +1105,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1085,9 +1114,9 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
-                          gconstpointer addr,
-                          guint prefix,
-                          GError **error);

+                          gconstpointer addr,
+                          guint prefix,
+                          GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr
  must point to a buffer of the
 correct size for family
@@ -1119,7 +1148,7 @@ correct size for family
 
 

-
+
@@ -1127,7 +1156,7 @@ correct size for family
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1179,7 +1208,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                      NMIPAddress *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix
@@ -1209,7 +1238,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 
 

@@ -1333,7 +1362,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);

+                                  gpointer addr);
 
Gets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1367,7 +1396,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (
nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);

+                                  gconstpointer addr);
 
Sets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1399,7 +1428,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

 
Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -1428,7 +1457,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);

+                          guint prefix);

 
Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1477,14 +1506,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -1517,7 +1546,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name
 on
 address
-, or NULL if address
+, or NULL if address
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1528,7 +1557,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);

+                             GVariant *value);
 
Sets or clears the named attribute on address
  to the given value.

 

@@ -1565,10 +1594,10 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new (int family,
                  const char *dest,
-                 guint prefix,
+                 guint prefix,
                  const char *next_hop,
-                 gint64 metric,
-                 GError **error);
+                 gint64 metric,
+                 GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1597,7 +1626,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 

-
+
@@ -1607,7 +1636,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
-
+
@@ -1615,7 +1644,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1624,14 +1653,14 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

 
NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);

+                        gconstpointer dest,
+                        guint prefix,
+                        gconstpointer next_hop,
+                        gint64 metric,
+                        GError **error);
 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest
  and next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must
+ (if non-NULL) must
 point to buffers of the correct size for family
 .

 

@@ -1661,7 +1690,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 

-
+
@@ -1671,7 +1700,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
-
+
@@ -1679,7 +1708,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -1731,7 +1760,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
@@ -1761,8 +1790,53 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

+
+

+

+
nm_ip_route_equal_full ()

+
gboolean
+nm_ip_route_equal_full (NMIPRoute *route,
+                        NMIPRoute *other,
+                        guint cmp_flags);

+
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
+next hop, and metric.

+

+
Parameters

+

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_mtu ()
@@ -158,41 +158,41 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *
 apn
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *
 device-id
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 home-only
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *
 network-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *
 number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *
 password
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *
 pin
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *
 sim-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *
 sim-operator-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *
 username
 Read / Write
 

 
 

 
-gchar *dhcp-client-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-fqdn
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 addr-gen-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *token
 Read / Write
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_address_equal ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_equal ()
@@ -211,6 +211,14 @@
 

 

 
+gboolean
+
+nm_ip_route_equal_full ()
+

 NMIPRoute *
 
 
@@ -258,7 +266,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -289,7 +297,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()
@@ -305,7 +313,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_metric ()
@@ -329,7 +337,7 @@
 

 

 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()
@@ -352,7 +360,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()
@@ -367,7 +375,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -382,7 +390,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()
@@ -398,7 +406,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -414,7 +422,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -429,7 +437,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -445,7 +453,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -461,7 +469,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()
@@ -469,7 +477,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()
@@ -484,7 +492,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()
@@ -492,7 +500,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()
@@ -508,7 +516,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()
@@ -524,7 +532,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority ()
@@ -532,7 +540,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -548,7 +556,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()
@@ -564,7 +572,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -587,7 +595,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -603,7 +611,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()
@@ -619,7 +627,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -635,7 +643,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -643,7 +651,15 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+guint32
+
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table ()
+

+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -651,7 +667,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -666,7 +682,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -674,7 +690,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -682,7 +698,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -690,7 +706,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()
@@ -698,7 +714,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()
@@ -718,91 +734,96 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *addresses
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 dad-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 dhcp-send-hostname
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 dhcp-timeout
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 dns
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 dns-options
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 dns-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 dns-search
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *gateway
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintroute-tableRead / Write

 
-GPtrArray *routes
 Read / Write
 

 

 #defineNM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
#define
 NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC
 

 

 

 #defineNM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTE_TABLE
#define
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_IGNORE_AUTO_ROUTES
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
next_hop
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
next_hop
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





route
the NMIPRoute
 
other
the NMIPRoute to compare route
+to.
 
cmp_flags
tune how to compare attributes. Currently only
+NM_IP_ROUTE_EQUAL_CMP_FLAGS_NONE (0) and NM_IP_ROUTE_EQUAL_CMP_FLAGS_WITH_ATTRS (1)
+is supported.
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

+
Since: 1.10

 

 

 

@@ -1885,7 +1959,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);

+                             gpointer dest);

 
Gets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1919,7 +1993,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (
nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);

+                             gconstpointer dest);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1951,7 +2025,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (
 
nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1979,7 +2053,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);

+                        guint prefix);

 
Sets the prefix property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2009,7 +2083,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

 
const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);

-
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
+
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
 route has no next hop.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2028,7 +2102,7 @@ route has no next hop.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

 

 

 

@@ -2039,7 +2113,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

 
Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
+ (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
 's family. If you
 aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check
 it.

@@ -2069,9 +2143,9 @@ it.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);

+                                 gpointer next_hop);

 
Gets the next hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -2101,8 +2175,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if route
-has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
+
 TRUE if route
+has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
 next_hop
 will be zeroed out)

 

@@ -2112,10 +2186,10 @@ will be zeroed out)

 
nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

+                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
+ (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
 route
 's family.

 
[skip]

@@ -2145,7 +2219,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values
 indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
@@ -2175,7 +2249,7 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
 
nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);

+                        gint64 metric);

 
Sets the metric property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2224,14 +2298,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -2264,7 +2338,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name
 on
 route
-, or NULL if route
+, or NULL if route
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2275,7 +2349,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);

+                           GVariant *value);

 
Sets the named attribute on route
  to the given value.

 

@@ -2321,12 +2395,12 @@ nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec
 

 

 
nm_ip_route_attribute_validate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate (const char *name,
-                                GVariant *value,
+                                GVariant *value,
                                 int family,
-                                gboolean *known,
-                                GError **error);

+                                gboolean *known,
+                                GError **error);

 
Validates a route attribute, i.e. checks that the attribute is a known one
 and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 

@@ -2360,7 +2434,7 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -2368,7 +2442,7 @@ and the value is of the correct type and well-formed.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the attribute is valid, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.8

 

@@ -2402,7 +2476,7 @@ methods available with each type.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2461,7 +2535,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -2489,7 +2563,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -2527,7 +2601,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);

@@ -2557,7 +2631,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2585,7 +2659,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2645,7 +2719,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -2673,7 +2747,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 

 

@@ -2712,7 +2786,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -2742,7 +2816,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -2772,7 +2846,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2799,7 +2873,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list
 is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states.
@@ -2831,7 +2905,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2864,10 +2938,10 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2901,7 +2975,7 @@ DNS option, or -1 if no valid option is found

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

 
Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

@@ -2929,7 +3003,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -2969,7 +3043,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);

@@ -2999,7 +3073,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -3009,7 +3083,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);

+                                gboolean is_set);
 
Removes all configured DNS options.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3039,7 +3113,7 @@ Specify how to clear the options.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3065,7 +3139,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_priority (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -3126,7 +3200,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

 
Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -3155,7 +3229,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 

@@ -3193,7 +3267,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);

@@ -3223,7 +3297,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3271,13 +3345,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
Returns

 
 the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or
-NULL.

+NULL.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3337,11 +3411,16 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

-
Adds a new route and associated information to the setting.  The
-given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

+
Appends a new route and associated information to the setting.  The
+given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.
+If an identical route (considering attributes as well) already exists, the
+route is not added and the function returns FALSE.

+
Note that before 1.10, this function would not consider route attributes
+and not add a route that has an existing route with same dest/prefix,next_hop,metric
+parameters.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3366,7 +3445,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 
 

@@ -3403,12 +3482,15 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

-
Removes the route route
-.

+
Removes the first matching route that matches route
+.
+Note that before 1.10, this function would only compare dest/prefix,next_hop,metric
+and ignore route attributes. Now, route
+ must match exactly.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3433,7 +3515,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -3461,7 +3543,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

@@ -3488,8 +3570,36 @@ specify a metric. See 
+
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table ()

+
guint32
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

+
Returns the value contained in the “route-table”
+property.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIPConfig
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the configured route-table.

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -3511,14 +3621,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -3540,7 +3650,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 

@@ -3575,7 +3685,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -3597,7 +3707,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -3605,7 +3715,7 @@ update DNS information for this machine.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -3627,14 +3737,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
 connection

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -3655,14 +3765,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3688,7 +3798,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout”
 property.

@@ -3718,6 +3828,12 @@ the particular kind of device.

 

 
Types and Values

 

+
NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE

+
#define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE          "table"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC

 
#define NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC            "src"
 

@@ -3856,6 +3972,12 @@ the particular kind of device.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTE_TABLE

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTE_TABLE        "route-table"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_IGNORE_AUTO_ROUTES

 
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_IGNORE_AUTO_ROUTES "ignore-auto-routes"
 

@@ -4002,7 +4124,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP addresses.

 
Element-Type: NMIPAddress

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4010,7 +4132,7 @@ the particular kind of device.

 

 

 
The “dad-timeout” property

-
  “dad-timeout”              gint

+
  “dad-timeout”              gint

 
Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP
 addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the
 activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address
@@ -4025,8 +4147,8 @@ timeout in milliseconds.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 This property and “dhcp-fqdn” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -4036,19 +4158,19 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

-
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
+
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

+
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially
 providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
-“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
-TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

+
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

 
A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: >= 0

@@ -4057,16 +4179,16 @@ providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
 

 

 
The “dns” property

-
  “dns”                      GStrv

+
  “dns”                      GStrv

 
Array of IP addresses of DNS servers.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “dns-options” property

-
  “dns-options”              GStrv

+
  “dns-options”              GStrv

 
Array of DNS options as described in man 5 resolv.conf.

-
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
+
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
 In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is
 distinct from an empty list of properties.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4075,7 +4197,7 @@ distinct from an empty list of properties.

 

 

 
The “dns-priority” property

-
  “dns-priority”             gint

+
  “dns-priority”             gint

 
Intra-connection DNS priority.

 
The relative priority to be used when determining the order of DNS
 servers in resolv.conf.  A lower value means that servers will be on top
@@ -4099,14 +4221,14 @@ value will be used.

 

 

 
The “dns-search” property

-
  “dns-search”               GStrv

+
  “dns-search”               GStrv

 
Array of DNS search domains.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful
 if “addresses” is also set.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -4115,9 +4237,9 @@ if 
 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
+TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
 ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
 any, are used.

@@ -4127,9 +4249,9 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
+TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
 specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -4137,12 +4259,12 @@ specified in the 
 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
 configuration specified by this property times out.  Note that at least
 one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will
 still fail.  For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to
-TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
+TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
 to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes
 successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -4151,7 +4273,7 @@ successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IP configuration method.

 
NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto",
 "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for
@@ -4171,8 +4293,8 @@ manual IPv4 address or otherwise 10.42.x.0/24 is chosen.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
 IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by
 NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -4181,9 +4303,9 @@ NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
-The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically
+The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically
 based on the device type.
 The metric applies to dynamic routes, manual (static) routes that
 don't have an explicit metric setting, address prefix routes, and
@@ -4198,8 +4320,28 @@ For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.

 

 

 

+
The “route-table” property

+
  “route-table”              guint

+
Enable policy routing (source routing) and set the routing table used when adding routes.

+
This affects all routes, including device-routes, IPv4LL, DHCP, SLAAC, default-routes
+and static routes. But note that static routes can individually overwrite the setting
+by explicitly specifying a non-zero routing table.

+
If the table setting is left at zero, it is eligible to be overwritten via global
+configuration. If the property is zero even after applying the global configuration
+value, policy routing is disabled for the address family of this connection.

+
Policy routing disabled means that NetworkManager will add all routes to the main
+table (except static routes that explicitly configure a different table). Additionally,
+NetworkManager will not delete any extraneous routes from tables except the main table.
+This is to preserve backward compatibility for users who manage routing tables outside
+of NetworkManager.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP routes.

 
Element-Type: NMIPRoute

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
index fdd4fc4f..7911de4d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()
@@ -153,67 +153,67 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 encapsulation-limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 input-key
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 output-key
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 remote
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPTunnel
 

@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

 

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

 

@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

 

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

 

@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended
 to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to
 IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it
 must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP or
 NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -780,14 +780,17 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

+
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
+breaking larger packets up into multiple fragments.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -797,7 +800,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be
 routed via that interface.

@@ -808,7 +811,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -817,7 +820,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6
 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -827,7 +830,7 @@ address.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -838,7 +841,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that
 packets inherit the TTL value.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index e40f8af7..9b38e013 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -107,29 +107,29 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mac-address
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 p-key
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 transport-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name
                                (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 
Returns the interface name created by combining “parent”
 and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will
-return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ return NULL.)

 
Returns

-
 the interface name, or NULL

+
 the interface name, or NULL

 

@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ return NULL.)
Property Details

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint

+
  “p-key”                    gint

 
The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use
 the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0").  Otherwise it is a 16-bit
 unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership"
@@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ P_Key.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

-
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
 but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must
 specify the base device by setting either this property or
 “mac-address”.

@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 
The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

 
The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or
 "connected".

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
index 972e98d7..f7c6b4f7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacsec.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
@@ -140,28 +140,28 @@
 
+gchar *
-
+
+gchar *
-
+
-
+
@@ -237,10 +237,10 @@
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingMacsecMode
     ╰── NMSettingMacsecValidation
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacsec
 

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_macsec_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt (NMSettingMacsec *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ in MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “encrypt” property

-
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

+
  “encrypt”                  gboolean

 
Whether the transmitted traffic must be encrypted.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ in MKA (MACsec Key Agreement) is obtained.

 

 

 
The “mka-cak” property

-
  “mka-cak”                  gchar *

+
  “mka-cak”                  gchar *

 
The pre-shared CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MACsec
 Key Agreement.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “mka-ckn” property

-
  “mka-ckn”                  gchar *

+
  “mka-ckn”                  gchar *

 
The pre-shared CKN (Connectivity-association Key Name) for
 MACsec Key Agreement.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ MACsec Key Agreement.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gint

+
  “mode”                     gint

 
Specifies how the CAK (Connectivity Association Key) for MKA (MACsec Key
 Agreement) is obtained.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Agreement) is obtained.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this MACSEC interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gint

+
  “port”                     gint

 
The port component of the SCI (Secure Channel Identifier), between 1 and 65534.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [1,65534]

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “validation” property

-
  “validation”               gint

+
  “validation”               gint

 
Specifies the validation mode for incoming frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 2

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
index 5c6e9acd..a981efd3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -157,9 +157,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingMacvlanMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacvlan
 

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (
 

 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (
Property Details

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple
 macvlans on the same lower device.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ macvlans on the same lower device.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “promiscuous” property

-
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

+
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index df0ef3dd..de0eaa96 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 
Property Details

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 

 

 
The “dhcp-anycast-address” property

-
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

+
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

 
Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP.
 The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class
 answers the request.

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ answers the request.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the mesh network to join.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
index ebc08aa9..69aa1bc4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPpp
 

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified
 baudrate.  This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically
 choose the speed.

@@ -1003,17 +1003,17 @@ choose the speed.

 

 

 
The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

-
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
+
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

+
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
 flow control with RTS and CTS signals.  This value should normally be set
-to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has
 failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the
 peer.  The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ value if this property is used.

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer
 every n seconds (where n is the specified value).  Note that some PPP
 peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not
@@ -1035,8 +1035,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

 

 

 
The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
+
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
 information on stateful MPPE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

 

 

 
The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint

+
  “mru”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no
 larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 128 and 16384.

@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified
 size.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1064,82 +1064,82 @@ size.

 

 

 
The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
-authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
-from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
+authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
+from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

-
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

+
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

-
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
+
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

+
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for
 the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the
 session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband
 connections.

@@ -1149,10 +1149,10 @@ connections.

 

 

 
The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

-
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
+
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

+
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be
 required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also
-be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
index 6d673bf0..1916df1a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
@@ -53,6 +53,13 @@
 

+
+
+
+
@@ -92,7 +99,13 @@
 
+gchar *
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -103,13 +116,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -130,6 +143,10 @@
 
 
+
+
+
+
@@ -153,7 +170,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPppoe
 

@@ -179,6 +196,32 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_new (void
 

 

 

+
nm_setting_pppoe_get_parent ()

+
const char *
+nm_setting_pppoe_get_parent (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macsec_get_encrypt ()
@@ -123,13 +123,13 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 encrypt
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *
 mka-cak
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *
 mka-ckn
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 port
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 validation
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -93,23 +93,23 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 promiscuous
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 tap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-anycast-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read / Write
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -207,92 +207,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 crtscts
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-failure
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-interval
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 mppe-stateful
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mru
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 no-vj-comp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 noauth
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nobsdcomp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nodeflate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-chap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-eap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschapv2
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-pap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe-128
 Read / Write / Construct
 
const char *
 
 
+nm_setting_pppoe_get_parent ()
+
const char *
+
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_service ()
 
 

 

 
-gchar *parentRead / Write / Construct

+gchar *
 password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *service
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 #defineNM_SETTING_PPPOE_PARENT
#define
 NM_SETTING_PPPOE_SERVICE
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingPppoe
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “parent” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_pppoe_get_service ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPppoe *setting);

@@ -287,6 +330,12 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
 

 

+
NM_SETTING_PPPOE_PARENT

+
#define NM_SETTING_PPPOE_PARENT         "parent"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_PPPOE_SERVICE

 
#define NM_SETTING_PPPOE_SERVICE        "service"
 

@@ -319,8 +368,20 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
 
Property Details

 

+
The “parent” property

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
If given, specifies the parent interface name on which this PPPoE
+connection should be created.  If this property is not specified,
+the connection is activated on the interface specified in
+“interface-name” of NMSettingConnection.

+
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

+
Default value: NULL

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -335,7 +396,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access
 concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers,
 this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple
@@ -346,7 +407,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index e6483fc7..8ba3947b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bits
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ serial communications

 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 send-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 stopbits
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialParity
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 

@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
Speed to use for communication over the serial port.  Note that this
 value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally
 ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint

+
  “bits”                     guint

 
Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64

+
  “send-delay”               guint64

 
Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint

+
  “stopbits”                 guint

 
Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port.  Either 1 or 2.
 The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index 79a5b3d0..dc508a22 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
 
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team network interface.  The property
 should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because
 the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index 59751ec2..204f838c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
 
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw
 JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed
 directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
index e83919ec..113e754a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -109,33 +109,33 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 owner
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 pi
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read / Write
 
@@ -191,9 +191,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTunMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTun
 

@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

-
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “group”                    gchar *

+
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN to create a layer 3 device and
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP to create an Ethernet-like layer 2
@@ -488,8 +488,8 @@ one.

 

 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

-
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
 multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet
 sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only
 support a single queue.

@@ -500,8 +500,8 @@ support a single queue.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gchar *

-
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “owner”                    gchar *

+
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “pi” property

-
  “pi”                       gboolean

-
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
+
  “pi”                       gboolean

+
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
 physical interface to the packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -520,8 +520,8 @@ physical interface to the packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
 network header.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index eaf85a01..0fd0ac68 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 egress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
@@ -159,18 +159,18 @@
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 ingress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -230,11 +230,11 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMVlanFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVlan
 

@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -371,12 +371,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -418,17 +418,17 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ list, FALSE if error

 
void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);

 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -527,12 +527,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “egress-priority-map” property

-
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

+
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

 
For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to
 802.1p priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where
 both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ is still considered as 0.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should
 be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

 

 
The “ingress-priority-map” property

-
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

+
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

 
For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux
 SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
index 6836679f..91d8f1fb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()
@@ -179,35 +179,35 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 data
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 persistent
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 secrets
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service-type
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 timeout
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 user-name
 Read / Write
 
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVpn
 

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ properties.

 
void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                   NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -713,8 +713,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (
Property Details

 

 
The “data” property

-
  “data”                     GHashTable *

+
  “data”                     GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data.  Both keys and
 values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -847,8 +847,8 @@ values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean

-
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
+
  “persistent”               gboolean

+
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
 the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages,
 until explicitly disconnected.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ until explicitly disconnected.

 

 

 
The “secrets” property

-
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

+
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like
 passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *

+
  “service-type”             gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to
 its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc
 plugin.

@@ -876,10 +876,10 @@ plugin.

 

 

 
The “timeout” property

-
  “timeout”                  guint

+
  “timeout”                  guint

 
Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services
 may take quite a long time to connect.
-Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden
+Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overridden
 by vpn.timeout in configuration file). Values greater than zero mean
 timeout in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ timeout in seconds.

 

 

 
The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *

+
  “user-name”                gchar *

 
If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name
 should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one
 user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
index 70ff153c..46eeb215 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVxlan
 

@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (
 

 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 300

@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (
 
The “destination-port” property

-
  “destination-port”         guint

+
  “destination-port”         guint

 
Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -932,8 +932,8 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

-
Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to
+
  “id”                       guint

+
Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to
 use.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 16777215

@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l2-miss” property

-
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l3-miss” property

-
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses
 are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that
 the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets
 when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “source-port-max” property

-
  “source-port-max”          guint

+
  “source-port-max”          guint

 
Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “source-port-min” property

-
  “source-port-min”          guint

+
  “source-port-min”          guint

 
Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
index 585b24c5..7d774d23 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ to.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose
 MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the
 device (known as MAC spoofing).

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *

+
  “network-name”             gchar *

 
Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection
 should use.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
index 4c943708..26d54fd1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GHashTable *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()
@@ -187,85 +187,85 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 destination-port
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l2-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l3-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 learning
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *local
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 proxy
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *remote
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 rsc
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-max
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-min
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-name
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -250,80 +250,80 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-negotiate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *duplex
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *generate-mac-address-mask
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *port
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *s390-nettype
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GHashTable *s390-options
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 speed
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 wake-on-lan
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *wake-on-lan-password
 Read / Write
 

@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -1030,14 +1030,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1074,14 +1074,14 @@ may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);
 
Returns a list of valid s390 options.

 
The setting
- argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

+ argument is unused and NULL may be passed instead.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -1410,9 +1410,9 @@ are supported by all devices.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

-
If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
-FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration
+
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

+
If TRUE, enforce auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
+FALSE, "speed" and "duplex" properties should be both set or link configuration
 will be skipped.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1420,10 +1420,10 @@ will be skipped.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead.
 This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

-
Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent",
+
Beside explicitly specifying a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent",
 "random" and "stable" are supported.
 "preserve" means not to touch the MAC address on activation.
 "permanent" means to use the permanent hardware address if the device
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "preserve"
 

 

 
The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *

+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

 
Can be specified only when "auto-negotiate" is "off". In that case, statically
 configures the device to use that specified duplex mode, either "half" or "full".
 Must be set together with the "speed" property if specified.
@@ -1453,14 +1453,14 @@ Before specifying a duplex mode be sure your device supports it.

 

 

 
The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

 
With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable",
 by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered,
 unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits
 are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will
 always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
-connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
+
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
+connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
 default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

 
If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set
 bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device,
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of
 to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of
 "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled
 globally-administered, burned-in MAC address.

-
If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of
+
If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of
 them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00"
 will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally
 administered.

@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ administered.

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the
 MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list.  Each MAC
 address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1513,10 +1513,10 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *

-
Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple
+
  “port”                     gchar *

+
Specific port type to use if the device supports multiple
 attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit
-Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface.
+Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface).
 If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 

 

 
The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

 
s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing
 the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 

 

 
The “s390-options” property

-
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

+
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options.  Both keys
 and values must be strings.  Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2",
 "portname", "protocol", among others.  Key names must contain only
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.  Like the
 “mac-address” property for non-z/VM devices, this property
@@ -1557,8 +1557,8 @@ period (.) character.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

-
Can be set to a value grater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off".
+
  “speed”                    guint

+
Can be set to a value greater than zero only when "auto-negotiate" is "off".
 In that case, statically configures the device to use that specified speed.
 In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.
 Must be set together with the "duplex" property when non-zero.
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Before specifying a speed value be sure your device supports it.

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan” property

-
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

+
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

 
The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options.
 May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY,
 NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST,
@@ -1585,9 +1585,9 @@ NetworkManager).

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan-password” property

-
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

+
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

 
If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based
-Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
+Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
 no password will be required.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index 165002f3..ca941e84 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+GBytes *
 
-
+
@@ -443,9 +443,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -254,88 +254,88 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *band
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *bssid
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *generate-mac-address-mask
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hidden
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mac-address-randomization
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 powersave
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 rate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 seen-bssids
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 tx-power
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ setting

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1076,14 +1076,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1203,8 +1203,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ for this connection.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *

+
  “band”                     gchar *

 
802.11 frequency band of the network.  One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or
 "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11.  This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network
 to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ capability and may not work with all drivers.

 

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access
 point.  This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by
 all devices.  Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

 

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only
 join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified
 channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property
@@ -1435,10 +1435,10 @@ also requires the "band" property to be set.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead.
 This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

-
Beside explicitly specifing a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent",
+
Beside explicitly specifying a MAC address, the special values "preserve", "permanent",
 "random" and "stable" are supported.
 "preserve" means not to touch the MAC address on activation.
 "permanent" means to use the permanent hardware address of the device.
@@ -1456,14 +1456,14 @@ of NetworkManager.conf. If still unspecified, it defaults to "preserve"
 

 

 
The “generate-mac-address-mask” property

-
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

+
  “generate-mac-address-mask” gchar *

 
With “cloned-mac-address” setting "random" or "stable",
 by default all bits of the MAC address are scrambled and a locally-administered,
 unicast MAC address is created. This property allows to specify that certain bits
 are fixed. Note that the least significant bit of the first MAC address will
 always be unset to create a unicast MAC address.

-
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
-connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
+
If the property is NULL, it is eligible to be overwritten by a default
+connection setting. If the value is still NULL or an empty string, the
 default is to create a locally-administered, unicast MAC address.

 
If the value contains one MAC address, this address is used as mask. The set
 bits of the mask are to be filled with the current MAC address of the device,
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ that shall not be randomized. For example, a value of
 to 68:F7:28, while the lower bits are randomized. A value of
 "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00" will create a fully scrambled
 globally-administered, burned-in MAC address.

-
If the value contains more then one additional MAC addresses, one of
+
If the value contains more than one additional MAC addresses, one of
 them is chosen randomly. For example, "02:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 02:00:00:00:00:00"
 will create a fully scrambled MAC address, randomly locally or globally
 administered.

@@ -1487,8 +1487,8 @@ administered.

 

 

 
The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
+
  “hidden”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
 its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as
 probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However,
 these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks,
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this
 connection should never apply.  Each MAC address should be given in the
 standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

 

 

 
The “mac-address-randomization” property

-
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

+
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

 
One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (never randomize unless
 the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant
 supports randomization),  NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (never
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ randomize the MAC address), or 
 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank,
 infrastructure is assumed.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint

+
  “powersave”                guint

 
One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (disable Wi-Fi power
 saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (enable Wi-Fi power
 saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (don't touch currently
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ globally configured value). All other values are reserved.

 

 

 
The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint

+
  “rate”                     guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for
 communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5
 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

 

 

 
The “seen-bssids” property

-
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

+
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

 
A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like
 "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi
 network.  NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The
@@ -1590,14 +1590,14 @@ preserved.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint

+
  “tx-power”                 guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power.
 Units are dBm.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all
 devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index 90399f70..70aa4a76 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -199,6 +199,14 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 		
 

 

+NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf
+
+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pmf ()
+

 const char *
 
 
@@ -252,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -281,6 +289,14 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type ()
 		
 

+NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod
+
+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wps_method ()
+

 
 

 

@@ -295,24 +311,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 auth-alg
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 group
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 key-mgmt
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 leap-password
 Read / Write
 
@@ -323,23 +339,28 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 leap-username
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 pairwise
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+gint
+pmf
+Read / Write / Construct
+
+
+GStrv
 proto
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 psk
 Read / Write
 
@@ -360,33 +381,38 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key0
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key1
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key2
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key3
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 wep-tx-keyidx
 Read / Write / Construct
 
+
+guint
+wps-method
+Read / Write / Construct
+
 
 

 

@@ -407,6 +433,14 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 NMWepKeyType
 
 
+enum
+NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf
+
+
+enum
+NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod
+
+
 #define
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_KEY_MGMT
 
@@ -432,6 +466,10 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 #define
+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF
+
+
+#define
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_LEAP_USERNAME
 
 
@@ -475,6 +513,10 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_LEAP_PASSWORD_FLAGS
 
 
+#define
+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD
+
+
  
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 
@@ -483,9 +525,11 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
+    ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf
+    ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

@@ -547,7 +591,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -577,7 +621,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -609,7 +653,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -643,8 +687,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

@@ -653,7 +697,7 @@ protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the li
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 
Parameters

@@ -681,7 +725,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -710,7 +754,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

@@ -740,7 +784,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -769,7 +813,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -803,7 +847,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -835,7 +879,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -845,7 +889,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -874,7 +918,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -904,7 +948,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -934,7 +978,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -963,7 +1007,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -997,7 +1041,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1030,7 +1074,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -1040,7 +1084,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1069,7 +1113,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1100,7 +1144,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1129,6 +1173,12 @@ specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 

+
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pmf ()

+
NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf
+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pmf (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

+

+

+

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

@@ -1264,7 +1314,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -1298,7 +1348,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

@@ -1334,7 +1384,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1435,6 +1485,33 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type
 
 the “wep-key-type” property of the setting

 

 

+

+

+
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wps_method ()

+
NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod
+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wps_method
+                               (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

 
 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “wps-method” property of the setting

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

@@ -1504,6 +1581,114 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 

 

 

+
enum NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf

+
These flags indicate whether PMF must be enabled.

+

+
Members

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT

+
use the default value

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DISABLE

+
disable PMF

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_OPTIONAL

+
enable PMF if the supplicant and the AP support it

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_REQUIRED

+
require PMF and fail if not available

+		 
_NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_NUM
  
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_LAST
  

+

+

+

+

+
enum NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod

+
Configure the use of WPS by a connection while it activates.

+

+
Members

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD_DEFAULT

+
Attempt whichever method AP supports

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD_DISABLED

+
WPS can not be used.

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD_AUTO

+
Use WPS, any method

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD_PBC

+
use WPS push-buthon method

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD_PIN

+
use PIN method

+		 

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_KEY_MGMT

 
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_KEY_MGMT "key-mgmt"
 

@@ -1540,6 +1725,12 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF

+
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF "pmf"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_LEAP_USERNAME

 
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_LEAP_USERNAME "leap-username"
 

@@ -1606,6 +1797,12 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD

+
#define NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD "wps-method"
+

+

+

+

 
NMSettingWirelessSecurity

 
typedef struct _NMSettingWirelessSecurity NMSettingWirelessSecurity;

 
Wi-Fi Security Settings

@@ -1615,7 +1812,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

 
When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the
 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here.  One of "open"
 for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP.  When
@@ -1627,7 +1824,7 @@ using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the
 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    GStrv

+
  “group”                    GStrv

 
A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents
 connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms
 in the list.  For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each
@@ -1637,7 +1834,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

 
Key management used for the connection.  One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x"
 (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure
 WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise).  This property must be set for
@@ -1648,7 +1845,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *

+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

 
The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1665,7 +1862,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *

+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

 
The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1674,7 +1871,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “pairwise” property

-
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

+
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

 
A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to
 Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list.
 For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each list element
@@ -1683,8 +1880,24 @@ may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".

 

 

 

+
The “pmf” property

+
  “pmf”                      gint

+
Indicates whether Protected Management Frames (802.11w) must be enabled
+for the connection.  One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT
+(use global default value), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DISABLE
+(disable PMF), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_OPTIONAL (enable PMF if
+the supplicant and the access point support it) or
+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_REQUIRED (enable PMF and fail if not
+supported).  When set to NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF_DEFAULT and no
+global default is set, PMF will be optionally enabled.

+
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10

+

+

+

 
The “proto” property

-
  “proto”                    GStrv

+
  “proto”                    GStrv

 
List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use.
 Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN).  If
 not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

@@ -1693,7 +1906,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

 

 

 
The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *

+
  “psk”                      gchar *

 
Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it
 must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a
 hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII
@@ -1736,7 +1949,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

 
Index 0 WEP key.  This is the WEP key used in most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1745,7 +1958,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

 
Index 1 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1754,7 +1967,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

 
Index 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1763,7 +1976,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

 
Index 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1772,7 +1985,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

 
When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key
 index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0
 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the
@@ -1781,6 +1994,19 @@ Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.

 
Allowed values: <= 3

 
Default value: 0

 

+

+

+
The “wps-method” property

+
  “wps-method”               guint

+
Flags indicating which mode of WPS is to be used if any.

+
There's little point in changing the default setting as NetworkManager will
+automatically determine whether it's feasible to start WPS enrollment from
+the Access Point capabilities.

+
WPS can be disabled by setting this property to a value of 1.

+
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

+
Default value: 0

+
Since: 1.10

+

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
index 2e16290f..44018ff9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
 

 

@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ but might be used in the process of creating a new one.

 

 
nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);

+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the
 connection and normalize the connection.  See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a
 description of the expected hash table.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

 
 
 
dict

-
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

+
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

  
 
 
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ description of the expected hash table.

 

 
Returns

 
 the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with
-settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
+settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
 connection failed to normalize. 

 
[transfer full]

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
index b1811aae..9cf4dc90 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 banner
 Read
 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 void
 vpn-state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMVpnConnection implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *

+
  “banner”                   gchar *

 
The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -237,10 +237,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
The “vpn-state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint            arg1,
+               guint            arg2,
+               gpointer         user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
index b0c077b4..9e488063 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-gsize
+gsize
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()
@@ -152,19 +152,19 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 description
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service
 Read
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
 
 void
 changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -227,9 +227,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
 

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 
Prerequisites

 

 NMVpnEditor requires
- GObject.

+ GObject.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ NMVpnEditor requires
 

 
NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GEr
 
NMVpnEditor *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                                  NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (
 
-
+
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (
 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

+
 a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
@@ -305,10 +305,10 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (
 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_vt (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              NMVpnEditorPluginVT *vt,
-                             gsize vt_size);

+                             gsize vt_size);

 
Returns an opaque VT function table for the plugin to extend
 functionality. The actual meaning of NMVpnEditorPluginVT is not
 defined in public API of libnm, instead it must be agreed by
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ size of plugin's VT.

 
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);
 

 
Parameters

 

 
error
on return, an error or NULL
on return, an error or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (
error

-
+
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (
 
Returns

 
 a new NMConnection imported from path
-, or NULL
+, or NULL
 on error or if the file at path
 was not recognized by this plugin. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -395,11 +395,11 @@ was not recognized by this plugin. 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
                              NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service,
                                      int check_owner,
                                      NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file,
-                                     gpointer user_data,
-                                     GError **error);
+                                     gpointer user_data,
+                                     GError **error);
 
Load the shared libary plugin_name
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load (const char *plugin_name,
                            const char *check_service,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GError **error);
 
Load the shared libary plugin_name
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ the given service.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.4

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 
 
-
+
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ reference as the plugin-info might also reference the editor-plugin.

 
+if non-NULL.

 
@@ -719,27 +719,27 @@ if non-NULL.

 
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
Property Details

 

 
The “description” property

-
  “description”              gchar *

+
  “description”              gchar *

 
Longer description of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
Short display name of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the plugin's VPN service.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -801,8 +801,8 @@ the plugin, without requiring to update libnm. Used by 
The “changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer     user_data)
+
Flags: Run First

 

 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
index 66966786..2c236c4d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 
Implemented Interfaces

 

 NMWimaxNsp implements
- GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

+ GInitable and  GAsyncInitable.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (
 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 
Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

 

@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and
 return connections which may be activated with the NSP.  Any returned
 connections will match the nsp
@@ -272,14 +272,14 @@ filter. 

 
 an array of
 NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
                                NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint

+
  “signal-quality”           guint

 
The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
index ce03c509..f3fe6abb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -203,6 +203,10 @@
 
 

 

+NMActivationStateFlags, enum in nm-dbus-interface
+

+

+

 NMActiveConnection, struct in nm-types
 

 

@@ -259,6 +263,10 @@
 
 

 

+NMActiveConnection:state-flags, object property in nm-types
+

+

+

 NMActiveConnection:type, object property in nm-types
 

 

@@ -355,6 +363,10 @@
 
 

 

+nm_active_connection_get_state_flags, function in NMActiveConnection
+

+

+

 nm_active_connection_get_state_reason, function in NMActiveConnection
 

 

@@ -391,6 +403,10 @@
 
 

 

+NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_FLAGS, macro in NMActiveConnection
+

+

+

 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_TYPE, macro in NMActiveConnection
 

 

@@ -423,6 +439,10 @@
 
 

 

+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10, macro in nm-version
+

+

+

 NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_2, macro in nm-version
 

 

@@ -517,6 +537,14 @@
 
 

 

+NMClient:connectivity-check-available, object property in nm-types
+

+

+

+NMClient:connectivity-check-enabled, object property in nm-types
+

+

+

 NMClient:devices, object property in nm-types
 

 

@@ -685,6 +713,26 @@
 
 

 

+NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_AVAILABLE, macro in NMClient
+

+

+

+NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_ENABLED, macro in NMClient
+

+

+

+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available, function in NMClient
+

+

+

+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled, function in NMClient
+

+

+

+nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled, function in NMClient
+

+

+

 nm_client_deactivate_connection, function in NMClient
 

 

@@ -1061,6 +1109,10 @@
 
 

 

+nm_connection_get_settings, function in NMConnection
+

+

+

 nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x, function in NMConnection
 

 

@@ -1141,6 +1193,22 @@
 
 

 

+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge, function in NMConnection
+

+

+

+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface, function in NMConnection
+

+

+

+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch, function in NMConnection
+

+

+

+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port, function in NMConnection
+

+

+

 nm_connection_get_setting_ppp, function in NMConnection
 

 

@@ -1354,6 +1422,22 @@
 
 

 

+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE, macro in nm-dbus-interface
+

+

+

+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE, macro in nm-dbus-interface
+

+

+

+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_PORT, macro in nm-dbus-interface
+

+

+

+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_PPP, macro in nm-dbus-interface
+

+

+

 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_STATISTICS, macro in nm-dbus-interface
 

 

@@ -1574,6 +1658,14 @@
 
 

 

+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10, macro in nm-version
+

+

+

+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10_FOR, macro in nm-version
+

+

+

 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_2, macro in nm-version
 

 

@@ -1786,6 +1878,10 @@
 
 

 

+NMDeviceDummy:hw-address, object property in nm-types
+

+

+

 NMDeviceError, enum in nm-errors
 

 

@@ -2002,6 +2098,22 @@
 
 

 

+NMDeviceOvsBridge, struct in nm-types
+

+

+

+NMDeviceOvsInterface, struct in nm-types
+

+

+

+NMDeviceOvsPort, struct in nm-types
+

+

+

+NMDevicePpp, struct in nm-types
+

+

+

 NMDeviceState, enum in nm-dbus-interface
 

 

@@ -2402,6 +2514,14 @@
 
 

 

+nm_device_dummy_get_hw_address, function in NMDeviceDummy
+

+

+

+NM_DEVICE_DUMMY_HW_ADDRESS, macro in NMDeviceDummy
+

+

+

 NM_DEVICE_ERROR, macro in nm-errors
 

 

@@ -3675,6 +3795,10 @@
 
 

 

+NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TOS, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -3695,6 +3819,10 @@
 
 

 

+nm_ip_route_equal_full, function in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 nm_ip_route_get_attribute, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -4392,6 +4520,10 @@
 
 

 

+NMSettingBridge:group-forward-mask, object property in NMSettingBridge
+

+

+

 NMSettingBridge:hello-time, object property in NMSettingBridge
 

 

@@ -4468,6 +4600,10 @@
 
 

 

+NMSettingConnection:auth-retries, object property in NMSettingConnection
+

+

+

 NMSettingConnection:autoconnect, object property in NMSettingConnection
 

 

@@ -4816,6 +4952,10 @@
 
 

 

+NMSettingIPConfig:route-table, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NMSettingIPConfig:routes, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -4960,6 +5100,70 @@
 
 

 

+NMSettingOvsBridge, struct in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsBridge:fail-mode, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsBridge:mcast-snooping-enable, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsBridge:rstp-enable, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsBridge:stp-enable, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsInterface, struct in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsInterface:type, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPatch, struct in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPatch:peer, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPort, struct in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPort:bond-downdelay, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPort:bond-mode, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPort:bond-updelay, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPort:lacp, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPort:tag, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

+NMSettingOvsPort:vlan-mode, object property in nm-core-types
+

+

+

 NMSettingPpp, struct in NMSettingPpp
 

 

@@ -5040,6 +5244,10 @@
 
 

 

+NMSettingPppoe:parent, object property in NMSettingPppoe
+

+

+

 NMSettingPppoe:password, object property in NMSettingPppoe
 

 

@@ -5484,6 +5692,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NMSettingWirelessSecurity:pmf, object property in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

 NMSettingWirelessSecurity:proto, object property in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

 

@@ -5524,6 +5736,18 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NMSettingWirelessSecurity:wps-method, object property in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

+NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf, enum in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

+NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod, enum in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match, function in NMSetting8021x
 

 

@@ -6172,6 +6396,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_NAP, macro in NMSettingBluetooth
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_PANU, macro in NMSettingBluetooth
 

 

@@ -6344,6 +6572,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask, function in NMSettingBridge
+

+

+

 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time, function in NMSettingBridge
 

 

@@ -6368,6 +6600,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_GROUP_FORWARD_MASK, macro in NMSettingBridge
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_HELLO_TIME, macro in NMSettingBridge
 

 

@@ -6492,6 +6728,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_AUTH_RETRIES, macro in NMSettingConnection
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_AUTOCONNECT, macro in NMSettingConnection
 

 

@@ -6524,6 +6764,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries, function in NMSettingConnection
+

+

+

 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect, function in NMSettingConnection
 

 

@@ -7392,6 +7636,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table, function in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -7468,6 +7716,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTE_TABLE, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_IP_TUNNEL_ENCAPSULATION_LIMIT, macro in NMSettingIPTunnel
 

 

@@ -7732,6 +7984,134 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_FAIL_MODE, macro in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_fail_mode, function in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable, function in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable, function in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable, function in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_MCAST_SNOOPING_ENABLE, macro in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_new, function in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_RSTP_ENABLE, macro in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_STP_ENABLE, macro in nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_interface_type, function in nm-setting-ovs-interface
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_interface_new, function in nm-setting-ovs-interface
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-ovs-interface
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE_TYPE, macro in nm-setting-ovs-interface
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_patch_get_peer, function in nm-setting-ovs-patch
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_patch_new, function in nm-setting-ovs-patch
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PATCH_PEER, macro in nm-setting-ovs-patch
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PATCH_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-ovs-patch
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_BOND_DOWNDELAY, macro in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_BOND_MODE, macro in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_BOND_UPDELAY, macro in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay, function in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_mode, function in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay, function in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_lacp, function in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag, function in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_vlan_mode, function in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_LACP, macro in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+nm_setting_ovs_port_new, function in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_SETTING_NAME, macro in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_TAG, macro in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_VLAN_MODE, macro in nm-setting-ovs-port
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_PARAM_FUZZY_IGNORE, macro in NMSetting
 

 

@@ -7744,6 +8124,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+nm_setting_pppoe_get_parent, function in NMSettingPppoe
+

+

+

 nm_setting_pppoe_get_password, function in NMSettingPppoe
 

 

@@ -7764,6 +8148,10 @@ NMSettingUser:data, object property in nm-core-types
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_PPPOE_PARENT, macro in NMSettingPppoe
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_PPPOE_PASSWORD, macro in NMSettingPppoe
 

 

@@ -8880,6 +9268,10 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pmf, function in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto, function in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

 

@@ -8908,6 +9300,10 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user
 
 

 

+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wps_method, function in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_GROUP, macro in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

 

@@ -8936,6 +9332,10 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF, macro in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PROTO, macro in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

 

@@ -9008,6 +9408,10 @@ nm_setting_user_set_data, function in nm-setting-user
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD, macro in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SEEN_BSSIDS, macro in NMSettingWireless
 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
index cac0a3b4..6a1d6232 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 
on return, an error or NULL
on return, an error or NULL

  
 

 

 
plugin_info
 a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL. 
 a NMVpnPluginInfo instance or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
get_editor ()

 
returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection
-if non-NULL.
 
 

 

 
import_from_file ()

 
Try to import a connection from the specified path.  On
-success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
+success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
 set error
 with additional information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in
+can be NULL, in
 which case no additional error information should be provided.

  
 

 

 
export_to_file ()

 
Export the given connection to the specified path.  Return
-TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
+TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
 with additional
 error information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in which case no
+can be NULL, in which case no
 additional error information should be provided.

  
 

 

 
get_suggested_filename ()

 
For a given connection, return a suggested file
-name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
+name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
 the caller.

  
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *name
 Read
 
Read
 

 
guintguint
 signal-quality
 Read
 

 

-      for libnm 1.8.4
+      for libnm 1.9.90
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm/stable/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
index 482dd8a0..306edabd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
@@ -86,6 +86,18 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE
+
+
+#define
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_PORT
+
+
+#define
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE
+
+
+#define
 NM_DBUS_PATH_ACCESS_POINT
 
 
@@ -174,6 +186,10 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_PPP
+
+
+#define
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VXLAN
 
 
@@ -388,12 +404,16 @@
 enum
 NMRollbackResult
 
+
+enum
+NMActivationStateFlags
+
 
 

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NM80211Mode
     ├── NMActiveConnectionState
     ├── NMActiveConnectionStateReason
@@ -406,9 +426,10 @@
     ├── NMMetered
     ├── NMState
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+    ├── NMActivationStateFlags
     ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
     ├── NMDeviceCapabilities
     ├── NMDeviceModemCapabilities
@@ -438,211 +459,235 @@
 

 

 
NM_DBUS_SERVICE

-
#define NM_DBUS_SERVICE                     "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager"
+
#define NM_DBUS_SERVICE                        "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_PATH

-
#define NM_DBUS_PATH                        "/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager"
+
#define NM_DBUS_PATH                           "/org/freedesktop/NetworkManager"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE                   "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE                      "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE            NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".Device"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE               NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".Device"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIRED

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIRED      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Wired"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIRED         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Wired"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_ADSL

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_ADSL       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Adsl"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_ADSL          NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Adsl"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIRELESS

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIRELESS   NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Wireless"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIRELESS      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Wireless"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BLUETOOTH

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BLUETOOTH  NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Bluetooth"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BLUETOOTH     NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Bluetooth"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OLPC_MESH

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OLPC_MESH  NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".OlpcMesh"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OLPC_MESH     NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".OlpcMesh"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE

+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".OvsInterface"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_PORT

+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_PORT      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".OvsPort"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE

+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".OvsBridge"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_PATH_ACCESS_POINT

-
#define NM_DBUS_PATH_ACCESS_POINT           NM_DBUS_PATH "/AccessPoint"
+
#define NM_DBUS_PATH_ACCESS_POINT              NM_DBUS_PATH "/AccessPoint"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_ACCESS_POINT

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_ACCESS_POINT      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".AccessPoint"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_ACCESS_POINT         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".AccessPoint"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MODEM

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MODEM      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Modem"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MODEM         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Modem"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIMAX

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIMAX      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".WiMax"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIMAX         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".WiMax"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_WIMAX_NSP

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_WIMAX_NSP         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".WiMax.Nsp"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_WIMAX_NSP            NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".WiMax.Nsp"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_PATH_WIMAX_NSP

-
#define NM_DBUS_PATH_WIMAX_NSP              NM_DBUS_PATH "/Nsp"
+
#define NM_DBUS_PATH_WIMAX_NSP                 NM_DBUS_PATH "/Nsp"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_ACTIVE_CONNECTION

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_ACTIVE_CONNECTION NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".Connection.Active"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_ACTIVE_CONNECTION    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".Connection.Active"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_IP4_CONFIG

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_IP4_CONFIG        NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".IP4Config"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_IP4_CONFIG           NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".IP4Config"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DHCP4_CONFIG

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DHCP4_CONFIG      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".DHCP4Config"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DHCP4_CONFIG         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".DHCP4Config"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_IP6_CONFIG

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_IP6_CONFIG        NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".IP6Config"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_IP6_CONFIG           NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".IP6Config"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DHCP6_CONFIG

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DHCP6_CONFIG      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".DHCP6Config"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DHCP6_CONFIG         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE ".DHCP6Config"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_INFINIBAND

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_INFINIBAND NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Infiniband"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_INFINIBAND    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Infiniband"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BOND

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BOND       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Bond"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BOND          NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Bond"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Dummy"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_DUMMY         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Dummy"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TEAM

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TEAM       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Team"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TEAM          NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Team"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VLAN

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VLAN       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Vlan"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VLAN          NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Vlan"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BRIDGE

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BRIDGE     NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Bridge"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BRIDGE        NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Bridge"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GENERIC

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GENERIC    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Generic"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GENERIC       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Generic"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VETH

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VETH       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Veth"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VETH          NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Veth"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TUN

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TUN        NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Tun"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TUN           NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Tun"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACSEC

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACSEC     NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Macsec"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACSEC        NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Macsec"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACVLAN

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACVLAN    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Macvlan"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACVLAN       NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Macvlan"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_PPP

+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_PPP           NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Ppp"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VXLAN

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VXLAN      NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Vxlan"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VXLAN         NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Vxlan"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GRE

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GRE        NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Gre"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GRE           NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Gre"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_IP_TUNNEL

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_IP_TUNNEL  NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".IPTunnel"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_IP_TUNNEL     NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".IPTunnel"
 

 

 

 

 
NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_STATISTICS

-
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_STATISTICS NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Statistics"
+
#define NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_STATISTICS    NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE ".Statistics"
 

 

 

@@ -1070,6 +1115,34 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

 
  
 
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_PPP

+
+
a PPP interface

+
+ 
+
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_OVS_INTERFACE

+
+
a OpenVSwitch interface

+
+ 
+
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_OVS_PORT

+
+
a OpenVSwitch port

+
+ 
+
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_OVS_BRIDGE

+
+
a OpenVSwitch bridge

+
+ 
+
 
 

 

@@ -1255,6 +1328,27 @@ encryption (usually means WEP)

 
  
 
+
+
NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS_WPS

+
+
access point supports some WPS method

+
+ 
+
+
+
NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS_WPS_PBC

+
+
access point supports push-button WPS

+
+ 
+
+
+
NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS_WPS_PIN

+
+
access point supports PIN-based WPS

+
+ 
+
 
 

 

@@ -2138,6 +2232,13 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

 
  
 
+
+
NM_DEVICE_STATE_REASON_OVSDB_FAILED

+
+
problem communicating with OpenVSwitch database

+
+ 
+
 
 

 

@@ -2440,6 +2541,15 @@ network.

  
 
 
+
NM_SECRET_AGENT_GET_SECRETS_FLAG_WPS_PBC_ACTIVE

+
+
indicates that WPS enrollment
+  is active with PBC method. The agent may suggest that the user pushes a button
+  on the router instead of supplying a PSK.

+
+ 
+
+
 
NM_SECRET_AGENT_GET_SECRETS_FLAG_ONLY_SYSTEM

 
 
Internal flag, not part of
@@ -2783,6 +2893,74 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

 

 
Since: 1.4

 

+

+

+
enum NMActivationStateFlags

+
Flags describing the current activation state.

+

+
Members

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_NONE

+
an alias for numeric zero, no flags set.

+		 
NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IS_MASTER

+
the device is a master.

+		 
NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IS_SLAVE

+
the device is a slave.

+		 
NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_LAYER2_READY

+
layer2 is activated and ready.

+		 
NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IP4_READY

+
IPv4 setting is completed.

+		 
NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_IP6_READY

+
IPv6 setting is completed.

+		 
NM_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAG_MASTER_HAS_SLAVES

+
The master has any slave devices attached.
+  This only makes sense if the device is a master.

+		 

+

+
Since: 1.10

+

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
index 3d77e193..45f875d4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_crypto_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_error_quark ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_settings_error_quark ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMCryptoError
@@ -202,49 +202,49 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -574,6 +574,14 @@ returned from D-Bus operations (where they correspond to errors in the
 
  
 
+
+
NM_DEVICE_ERROR_MISSING_DEPENDENCIES

+
+
the requested operation could not
+  be completed due to missing dependencies.

+
+ 
+
 
 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
index 59bd902f..3b485c4a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_same_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_security_valid ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_json_object ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) ()
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()
@@ -344,21 +344,21 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
 
 
 
-const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()
 
 
 
-const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
 
 
 
-gsize
+gsize
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
 
 
 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_uuid ()
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_utils_version ()
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
 

 

@@ -608,9 +608,9 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
 number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

@@ -639,15 +639,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      gsize len);

 
This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply
 replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal
 representation of that character.  Intended for debugging only, should not
@@ -684,12 +684,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

 

 

 
nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

 
Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the
 SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal,
 but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings)
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 
 
ignore_trailing_null

-
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

+
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
 
 
@@ -737,15 +737,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);

+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
+                       gsize len);

 
Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings.  Thus, an SSID may
 contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters.  Often it is
 useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the
@@ -791,19 +791,19 @@ _only_.

 

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a UTF-8
-representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
-Returns NULL on errors. 

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
+Returns NULL on errors. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -868,15 +868,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -908,15 +908,15 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -945,14 +945,14 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
-is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if key
+is a WEP key, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -973,16 +973,16 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if psk
-is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if psk
+is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_json_object ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_json_object (const char *str,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_utils_is_json_object (const ch
 
Returns

 
 whether the passed string is valid JSON.
 If libnm is not compiled with libjansson support, this check will
-also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem
+also return TRUE for possibly invalid inputs. If that is a problem
 for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

 
 
Since: 1.6

@@ -1017,9 +1017,9 @@ for you, you must validate the JSON yourself.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1047,8 +1047,8 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
 IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1060,29 +1060,29 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 

-
+

 
value
a GVariant of type 'au'
a GVariant of type 'au'

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1115,12 +1115,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
-gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
+gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
 the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway" fields
 of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 

-
+
@@ -1149,17 +1149,17 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ metric).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1187,11 +1187,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
 of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop,
-and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aau'
a GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

 
 
 
 

@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
value

-
+
GVariant of type 'aau'
GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

@@ -1210,15 +1210,15 @@ and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1242,8 +1242,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1267,8 +1267,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

 
When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were
 segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C.  This function will return
 a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it
@@ -1296,9 +1296,9 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1326,8 +1326,8 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
 IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1339,29 +1339,29 @@ IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 

-
+

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aay'
a GVariant of type 'aay'

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway).  The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
 all 0s.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1395,12 +1395,12 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
 list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix,
-and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
+and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
 of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway"
 fields of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

+
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

  
 
 
@@ -1429,17 +1429,17 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ metric).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1467,11 +1467,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
 array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next
-hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
-
+

 
value
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

  
 

 

@@ -1490,17 +1490,17 @@ hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
 array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include
 "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may
 include additional attributes.

@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1529,12 +1529,12 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
 objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ objects.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1561,17 +1561,17 @@ objects.

 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
 of new-style NetworkManager IP routes (which are tuples of destination,
 prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1599,12 +1599,12 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of destination,
-prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
+prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
 NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a G
 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a G
 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

@@ -1643,13 +1643,13 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection
-object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file
@@ -1672,15 +1672,15 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

+                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file
 (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format
@@ -1709,13 +1709,13 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  is a PKCS#12 file.

@@ -1736,24 +1736,24 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);

+                              gpointer user_data,
+                              GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -1762,10 +1762,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname,
                                const char *try_first,
                                const char *const *paths,
-                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
+                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
                                NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate,
-                               gpointer user_data,
-                               GError **error);

+                               gpointer user_data,
+                               GError **error);

 
Searches for a progname
  file in a list of search paths
 .

@@ -1792,16 +1792,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path. 

 
 
 
paths

-
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
-Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
+
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
+Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
 is checked. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
file_test_flags

-
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
+
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
 for progname
-. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

  
 
 
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ function. 

 
 
 
error

-
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

+
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ function. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
+
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
 The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later
 invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -1839,8 +1839,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1865,8 +1865,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (gu
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1901,8 +1901,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1941,8 +1941,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1969,13 +1969,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (g
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

 

@@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void
 

 
nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

 

@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void
 
nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

 
Converts strength
  into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of
 strength suitable for printing to stdout. If the current locale and terminal
@@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

 
Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type
 .

@@ -2060,8 +2060,8 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+                      gsize length);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -2097,12 +2097,12 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpoint
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);

+                       gsize length);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2136,10 +2136,10 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);

+                      gpointer buffer,
+                      gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2185,9 +2185,9 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);

+                       gssize length);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length.

@@ -2217,9 +2217,9 @@ is expected to convert to
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 

 

 

@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

 
char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);

+                           gssize length);
 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with
@@ -2260,18 +2260,18 @@ is expected to convert to
 
Returns

 
 the canonicalized address if asc
 appears to
-be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

 
Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1
  and
 hwaddr2
@@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

  before being compared.

 
  • If hwaddr1
  or hwaddr2
- is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
+ is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
  a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len
  or hwaddr2_len
  bytes long.
    • 
@@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ is ASCII
    
     
-
+
@@ -2341,9 +2341,9 @@ is ASCII
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if hwaddr1
+
     TRUE if hwaddr1
 and hwaddr2
-are equivalent, FALSE if they are
+are equivalent, FALSE if they are
 different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
@@ -2351,8 +2351,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
-                     gsize len,
+nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
+                     gsize len,
                      int final_len);
    
 
    Converts the byte array src
  into a hexadecimal string. If final_len
@@ -2397,7 +2397,7 @@ array
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
    
-
    GBytes *
+
    GBytes *
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);
    
 
    Converts a hexadecimal string hex
  into an array of bytes.  The optional
@@ -2423,14 +2423,14 @@ may not start or end with ':'.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
+
     the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name has been deprecated since version 1.6 and should not be used in newly-written code.
    
@@ -2454,15 +2454,15 @@ nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const 
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_valid_iface_name (const char *name,
-                              GError **error);
    
+                              GError **error);
    
 
    Validate the network interface name.
    
 
    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.
    
@@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2490,13 +2490,13 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_uuid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);
    
 
    Checks if str
  is a UUID
    
@@ -2517,8 +2517,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
+
     TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
@@ -2547,7 +2547,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t
    dst
    
 
    Returns
    
 
     the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
@@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                        const char *ip);
    
 
    Checks if ip
@@ -2648,16 +2648,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);
    
+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);
    
 
    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.
    
-
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2703,7 +2703,7 @@ underlying device driver.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
@@ -2770,12 +2770,13 @@ available modes.
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
+nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                       int value);
    
 
    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a
-G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
-If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the
-function returns NULL.
    
+G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
+If the value has no corresponding string representation, it is converted
+to a number. For enums it is converted to a decimal number, for flags
+to an (unsigned) hex number.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr1
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr2
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    error
    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore
    location to store the error occurring, or NULL to ignore
    		
  
 
    
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
    dst
    		
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.
    		
 
    
@@ -2787,7 +2788,7 @@ function returns NULL.
    
     
-
+
@@ -2800,22 +2801,22 @@ function returns NULL.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
+
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
    
-
    gboolean
-nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
+
    gboolean
+nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                         const char *str,
                         int *out_value,
                         char **err_token);
    
 
    Converts a string to the matching enum value.
    
-
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
+
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
 matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found
-the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
+the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
 containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 .
    
 
    
@@ -2829,7 +2830,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
-
+
@@ -2852,7 +2853,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
+
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
@@ -2860,9 +2861,9 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()
    
 
    const char **
-nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
-                          gint from,
-                          gint to);
    
+nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
+                          gint from,
+                          gint to);
 
    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -2875,7 +2876,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType
 
    
-
+
@@ -2894,7 +2895,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType
 
    Returns
    
 
     a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings
-or NULL on error. 
    
+or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer container]
    
 
 
    Since: 1.2
    
@@ -2902,7 +2903,7 @@ or NULL on error. 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_version ()
    
-
    guint
+
    guint
 nm_utils_version (void);
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
@@ -2914,13 +2915,13 @@ at runtime.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes ()
    
-
    GHashTable *
+
    GHashTable *
 nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const char *string,
                                    char attr_separator,
                                    char key_value_separator,
-                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
+                                   gboolean ignore_unknown,
                                    const NMVariantAttributeSpec *const *spec,
-                                   GError **error);
    
+                                   GError **error);
    
 
    Parse attributes from a string.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -2966,7 +2967,7 @@ nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values. 
    
+
     a GHashTable mapping attribute names to GVariant values. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.8
    
@@ -2975,7 +2976,7 @@ nm_utils_parse_variant_attributes (const 
 
    nm_utils_format_variant_attributes ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
+nm_utils_format_variant_attributes (GHashTable *attributes,
                                     char attr_separator,
                                     char key_value_separator);
    
 
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
index 78bd0fca..dc57a3d9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-version.html
@@ -75,6 +75,12 @@
 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR()
 
 
    
+
+
+
+
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    #define
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10_FOR()
+
    
     
 
    
 
    
@@ -142,6 +148,14 @@
 #define
 NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8
 
+
+#define
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10
+
+
+#define
+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10
+
 
 
    
 
    
@@ -184,6 +198,12 @@
 
    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR()
    
 
    #define             NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR(f)
    
 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10_FOR()
    
+
    # define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10_FOR(f)    G_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
+
    
+
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Types and Values
    
@@ -268,6 +288,18 @@
 
    NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8
    
 
    #define             NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8
    
 
    
+
    
+
    
+
    NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10
    
+
    # define NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10           G_DEPRECATED
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
    NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10
    
+
    # define NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10            G_UNAVAILABLE(1,10)
+
    
+
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
index 7b3c8a50..b3740d02 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 
    
 
    
 
    Object Hierarchy
    
-
        GEnum
+
        GEnum
     ├── NMVpnConnectionState
     ├── NMVpnConnectionStateReason
     ├── NMVpnPluginFailure
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
index 4d0ee48d..60807b9e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
@@ -117,6 +117,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -169,6 +172,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -200,6 +205,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -293,6 +300,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -315,6 +325,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -369,6 +380,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -391,6 +403,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -417,6 +430,10 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -495,6 +512,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -518,9 +536,11 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -759,6 +779,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -810,6 +831,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -819,10 +841,12 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1038,6 +1062,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1093,6 +1118,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1101,6 +1127,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1124,6 +1151,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1164,6 +1192,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1321,16 +1350,19 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1646,6 +1678,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1657,14 +1690,18 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1676,6 +1713,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1684,6 +1722,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1694,6 +1733,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1841,7 +1881,10 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2149,6 +2192,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2165,6 +2209,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2186,6 +2231,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2376,6 +2422,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2390,6 +2437,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2495,6 +2544,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2532,6 +2582,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2606,6 +2657,10 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2625,6 +2680,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2728,6 +2786,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2757,6 +2816,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2780,6 +2840,13 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2881,6 +2948,17 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
index 057a734b..9343dcee 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
    
 Object Hierarchy
    
 
    -    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -45,6 +45,10 @@
     │   ├── NMSettingMacsec
     │   ├── NMSettingMacvlan
     │   ├── NMSettingOlpcMesh
+    │   ├── NMSettingOvsBridge
+    │   ├── NMSettingOvsInterface
+    │   ├── NMSettingOvsPatch
+    │   ├── NMSettingOvsPort
     │   ├── NMSettingPpp
     │   ├── NMSettingPppoe
     │   ├── NMSettingProxy
@@ -78,6 +82,10 @@
     │   │   ├── NMDeviceMacvlan
     │   │   ├── NMDeviceModem
     │   │   ├── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
+    │   │   ├── NMDeviceOvsBridge
+    │   │   ├── NMDeviceOvsInterface
+    │   │   ├── NMDeviceOvsPort
+    │   │   ├── NMDevicePpp
     │   │   ├── NMDeviceTeam
     │   │   ├── NMDeviceTun
     │   │   ├── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -91,13 +99,14 @@
     ├── NMClient
     ├── NMSecretAgentOld
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMConnection
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+    ├── NMActivationStateFlags
     ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
     ├── NMConnectionSerializationFlags
     ├── NMDeviceCapabilities
@@ -111,7 +120,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMDeviceError
@@ -149,6 +158,8 @@
     ├── NMSettingSerialParity
     ├── NMSettingTunMode
     ├── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
+    ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf
+    ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod
     ├── NMState
     ├── NMUtilsSecurityType
     ├── NMVlanPriorityMap
@@ -158,7 +169,7 @@
     ├── NMVpnServiceState
     ├── NMWepKeyType
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GBoxed
+    GBoxed
     ├── NMDnsEntry
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ├── NMIPRoute
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/usage.html b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html
index d45e8f18..55669399 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/usage.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/usage.html
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@
 {
     NMClient *client;
 
-    client = nm_client_new (NULL, NULL);
+    client = nm_client_new (NULL, NULL);
     if (client)
-        g_print ("NetworkManager version: %s\n", nm_client_get_version (client));
+        g_print ("NetworkManager version: %s\n", nm_client_get_version (client));
 }
    
       
     
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
         
    
 
    $ cc $(pkg-config --libs --cflags libnm) -o hello-nm hello-nm.c
   $ ./hello-nm
-  NetworkManager version: 1.8.4
+  NetworkManager version: 1.9.90
 
   $ 
    
 
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt b/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt
index ccaee14d..dbd86d91 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt
+++ b/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_TYPE
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_SPECIFIC_OBJECT_PATH
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_DEVICES
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE
+NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_FLAGS
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_DEFAULT
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_IP4_CONFIG
 NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_DHCP4_CONFIG
@@ -62,6 +63,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type
 nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path
 nm_active_connection_get_devices
 nm_active_connection_get_state
+nm_active_connection_get_state_flags
 nm_active_connection_get_state_reason
 nm_active_connection_get_master
 nm_active_connection_get_default
@@ -98,6 +100,8 @@ NM_CLIENT_WIMAX_ENABLED
 NM_CLIENT_WIMAX_HARDWARE_ENABLED
 NM_CLIENT_ACTIVE_CONNECTIONS
 NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY
+NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_AVAILABLE
+NM_CLIENT_CONNECTIVITY_CHECK_ENABLED
 NM_CLIENT_PRIMARY_CONNECTION
 NM_CLIENT_ACTIVATING_CONNECTION
 NM_CLIENT_DEVICES
@@ -148,6 +152,9 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled
+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_available
+nm_client_connectivity_check_get_enabled
+nm_client_connectivity_check_set_enabled
 nm_client_get_logging
 nm_client_set_logging
 nm_client_get_permission_result
@@ -232,6 +239,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path
 nm_connection_get_interface_name
 nm_connection_is_type
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value
+nm_connection_get_settings
 nm_connection_dump
 nm_connection_get_uuid
 nm_connection_get_id
@@ -258,6 +266,10 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config
 nm_connection_get_setting_macsec
 nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan
 nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_bridge
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_interface
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_patch
+nm_connection_get_setting_ovs_port
 nm_connection_get_setting_ppp
 nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe
 nm_connection_get_setting_proxy
@@ -286,6 +298,7 @@ nm_connection_get_type
 NM_TYPE_802_11_AP_FLAGS
 NM_TYPE_802_11_AP_SECURITY_FLAGS
 NM_TYPE_802_11_MODE
+NM_TYPE_ACTIVATION_STATE_FLAGS
 NM_TYPE_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE
 NM_TYPE_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_REASON
 NM_TYPE_AGENT_MANAGER_ERROR
@@ -329,6 +342,8 @@ NM_TYPE_SETTING_SERIAL_PARITY
 NM_TYPE_SETTING_TUN_MODE
 NM_TYPE_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN
 NM_TYPE_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE
+NM_TYPE_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF
+NM_TYPE_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD
 NM_TYPE_STATE
 NM_TYPE_UTILS_SECURITY_TYPE
 NM_TYPE_VLAN_FLAGS
@@ -344,6 +359,7 @@ NM_TYPE_WIMAX_NSP_NETWORK_TYPE
 nm_802_11_ap_flags_get_type
 nm_802_11_ap_security_flags_get_type
 nm_802_11_mode_get_type
+nm_activation_state_flags_get_type
 nm_active_connection_state_get_type
 nm_active_connection_state_reason_get_type
 nm_agent_manager_error_get_type
@@ -386,6 +402,8 @@ nm_setting_serial_parity_get_type
 nm_setting_tun_mode_get_type
 nm_setting_wired_wake_on_lan_get_type
 nm_setting_wireless_powersave_get_type
+nm_setting_wireless_security_pmf_get_type
+nm_setting_wireless_security_wps_method_get_type
 nm_settings_error_get_type
 nm_state_get_type
 nm_utils_security_type_get_type
@@ -425,6 +443,10 @@ NMSettingInfiniband
 NMSettingMacsec
 NMSettingMacvlan
 NMSettingOlpcMesh
+NMSettingOvsBridge
+NMSettingOvsInterface
+NMSettingOvsPatch
+NMSettingOvsPort
 NMSettingPpp
 NMSettingPppoe
 NMSettingProxy
@@ -456,6 +478,9 @@ NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_ADSL
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_WIRELESS
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_BLUETOOTH
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OLPC_MESH
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_PORT
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE
 NM_DBUS_PATH_ACCESS_POINT
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_ACCESS_POINT
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MODEM
@@ -478,6 +503,7 @@ NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VETH
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_TUN
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACSEC
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_MACVLAN
+NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_PPP
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_VXLAN
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_GRE
 NM_DBUS_INTERFACE_DEVICE_IP_TUNNEL
@@ -532,6 +558,7 @@ NM_LLDP_DEST_NEAREST_CUSTOMER_BRIDGE
 NMIPTunnelMode
 NMCheckpointCreateFlags
 NMRollbackResult
+NMActivationStateFlags
 
 
 
    
@@ -718,7 +745,9 @@ nm_device_bt_get_type
 
    
 nm-device-dummy
 NMDeviceDummy
+NM_DEVICE_DUMMY_HW_ADDRESS
 NMDeviceDummy
+nm_device_dummy_get_hw_address
 
 NMDeviceDummyClass
 NM_DEVICE_DUMMY
@@ -937,6 +966,58 @@ NM_TYPE_DEVICE_OLPC_MESH
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_type
 
    
 
+
    
+nm-device-ovs-bridge
+
+NMDeviceOvsBridgeClass
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE_CLASS
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE_GET_CLASS
+NM_IS_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE
+NM_IS_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_DEVICE_OVS_BRIDGE
+nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_type
+
    
+
+
    
+nm-device-ovs-interface
+
+NMDeviceOvsInterfaceClass
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE_CLASS
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE_GET_CLASS
+NM_IS_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE
+NM_IS_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_DEVICE_OVS_INTERFACE
+nm_device_ovs_interface_get_type
+
    
+
+
    
+nm-device-ovs-port
+
+NMDeviceOvsPortClass
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_PORT
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_PORT_CLASS
+NM_DEVICE_OVS_PORT_GET_CLASS
+NM_IS_DEVICE_OVS_PORT
+NM_IS_DEVICE_OVS_PORT_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_DEVICE_OVS_PORT
+nm_device_ovs_port_get_type
+
    
+
+
    
+nm-device-ppp
+
+NMDevicePppClass
+NM_DEVICE_PPP
+NM_DEVICE_PPP_CLASS
+NM_DEVICE_PPP_GET_CLASS
+NM_IS_DEVICE_PPP
+NM_IS_DEVICE_PPP_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_DEVICE_PPP
+nm_device_ppp_get_type
+
    
+
 
    
 nm-device-team
 NMDeviceTeam
@@ -1542,6 +1623,7 @@ NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_BDADDR
 NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE
 NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_DUN
 NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_PANU
+NM_SETTING_BLUETOOTH_TYPE_NAP
 NMSettingBluetooth
 nm_setting_bluetooth_new
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr
@@ -1621,6 +1703,7 @@ NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_FORWARD_DELAY
 NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_HELLO_TIME
 NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_MAX_AGE
 NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME
+NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_GROUP_FORWARD_MASK
 NM_SETTING_BRIDGE_MULTICAST_SNOOPING
 NMSettingBridge
 nm_setting_bridge_new
@@ -1631,6 +1714,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time
+nm_setting_bridge_get_group_forward_mask
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 
 NMSettingBridgeClass
@@ -1719,6 +1803,7 @@ NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_SECONDARIES
 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_GATEWAY_PING_TIMEOUT
 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_METERED
 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_LLDP
+NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_AUTH_RETRIES
 NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
 NMSettingConnectionLldp
 NMSettingConnection
@@ -1752,6 +1837,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
 nm_setting_connection_get_metered
 nm_setting_connection_get_lldp
+nm_setting_connection_get_auth_retries
 
 NMSettingConnectionClass
 NM_IS_SETTING_CONNECTION
@@ -1948,6 +2034,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new_binary
 nm_ip_route_ref
 nm_ip_route_unref
 nm_ip_route_equal
+nm_ip_route_equal_full
 nm_ip_route_dup
 nm_ip_route_get_family
 nm_ip_route_get_dest
@@ -1967,6 +2054,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute
 nm_ip_route_get_variant_attribute_spec
 nm_ip_route_attribute_validate
+NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
 NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_SRC
 NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_FROM
 NM_IP_ROUTE_ATTRIBUTE_TOS
@@ -1990,6 +2078,7 @@ NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ADDRESSES
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_GATEWAY
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTES
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTE_METRIC
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_ROUTE_TABLE
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_IGNORE_AUTO_ROUTES
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_IGNORE_AUTO_DNS
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_HOSTNAME
@@ -2050,6 +2139,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_table
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_hostname
@@ -2257,6 +2347,90 @@ NM_TYPE_SETTING_OLPC_MESH
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_type
 
    
 
+
    
+nm-setting-ovs-bridge
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_SETTING_NAME
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_FAIL_MODE
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_MCAST_SNOOPING_ENABLE
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_RSTP_ENABLE
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_STP_ENABLE
+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_new
+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_fail_mode
+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_mcast_snooping_enable
+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_rstp_enable
+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_stp_enable
+
+NMSettingOvsBridgeClass
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE_GET_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_SETTING_OVS_BRIDGE
+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_type
+
    
+
+
    
+nm-setting-ovs-interface
+NM_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE_SETTING_NAME
+NM_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE_TYPE
+nm_setting_ovs_interface_new
+nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_interface_type
+
+NMSettingOvsInterfaceClass
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE
+NM_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE_GET_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_SETTING_OVS_INTERFACE
+nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_type
+
    
+
+
    
+nm-setting-ovs-patch
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PATCH_SETTING_NAME
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PATCH_PEER
+nm_setting_ovs_patch_new
+nm_setting_ovs_patch_get_peer
+
+NMSettingOvsPatchClass
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_PATCH
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_PATCH_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PATCH
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PATCH_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PATCH_GET_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_SETTING_OVS_PATCH
+nm_setting_ovs_patch_get_type
+
    
+
+
    
+nm-setting-ovs-port
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_SETTING_NAME
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_VLAN_MODE
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_TAG
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_LACP
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_BOND_MODE
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_BOND_UPDELAY
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_BOND_DOWNDELAY
+nm_setting_ovs_port_new
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_vlan_mode
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_tag
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_lacp
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_mode
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_updelay
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_bond_downdelay
+
+NMSettingOvsPortClass
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_PORT
+NM_IS_SETTING_OVS_PORT_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_CLASS
+NM_SETTING_OVS_PORT_GET_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_SETTING_OVS_PORT
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_type
+
    
+
 
    
 nm-setting-ppp
 NMSettingPpp
@@ -2314,12 +2488,14 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_type
 nm-setting-pppoe
 NMSettingPppoe
 NM_SETTING_PPPOE_SETTING_NAME
+NM_SETTING_PPPOE_PARENT
 NM_SETTING_PPPOE_SERVICE
 NM_SETTING_PPPOE_USERNAME
 NM_SETTING_PPPOE_PASSWORD
 NM_SETTING_PPPOE_PASSWORD_FLAGS
 NMSettingPppoe
 nm_setting_pppoe_new
+nm_setting_pppoe_get_parent
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_service
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_username
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_password
@@ -2746,12 +2922,15 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_type
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME
 NMWepKeyType
+NMSettingWirelessSecurityPmf
+NMSettingWirelessSecurityWpsMethod
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_KEY_MGMT
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WEP_TX_KEYIDX
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_AUTH_ALG
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PROTO
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PAIRWISE
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_GROUP
+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PMF
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_LEAP_USERNAME
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WEP_KEY0
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WEP_KEY1
@@ -2763,6 +2942,7 @@ NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK_FLAGS
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_LEAP_PASSWORD
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_LEAP_PASSWORD_FLAGS
+NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_WPS_METHOD
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 nm_setting_wireless_security_new
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
@@ -2784,6 +2964,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
 nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_groups
+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pmf
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk_flags
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_username
@@ -2795,6 +2976,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_auth_alg
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_flags
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type
+nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wps_method
 
 NMSettingWirelessSecurityClass
 NM_IS_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY
@@ -2843,6 +3025,10 @@ NMDeviceMacsec
 NMDeviceMacvlan
 NMDeviceModem
 NMDeviceOlpcMesh
+NMDeviceOvsBridge
+NMDeviceOvsInterface
+NMDeviceOvsPort
+NMDevicePpp
 NMDeviceTeam
 NMDeviceTun
 NMDeviceVlan
@@ -2954,6 +3140,9 @@ NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_6
 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8
 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_8_FOR
 NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_8
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10
+NM_DEPRECATED_IN_1_10_FOR
+NM_AVAILABLE_IN_1_10
 
    
 
 
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/libnm.types b/docs/libnm/libnm.types
index 2d96d430..3eac5481 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/libnm.types
+++ b/docs/libnm/libnm.types
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ nm_802_11_ap_flags_get_type
 nm_802_11_ap_security_flags_get_type
 nm_802_11_mode_get_type
 nm_access_point_get_type
+nm_activation_state_flags_get_type
 nm_active_connection_get_type
 nm_active_connection_state_get_type
 nm_active_connection_state_reason_get_type
@@ -34,6 +35,10 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_type
 nm_device_modem_capabilities_get_type
 nm_device_modem_get_type
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_type
+nm_device_ovs_bridge_get_type
+nm_device_ovs_interface_get_type
+nm_device_ovs_port_get_type
+nm_device_ppp_get_type
 nm_device_state_get_type
 nm_device_state_reason_get_type
 nm_device_team_get_type
@@ -94,6 +99,10 @@ nm_setting_macsec_validation_get_type
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_type
 nm_setting_macvlan_mode_get_type
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_type
+nm_setting_ovs_bridge_get_type
+nm_setting_ovs_interface_get_type
+nm_setting_ovs_patch_get_type
+nm_setting_ovs_port_get_type
 nm_setting_ppp_get_type
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_type
 nm_setting_proxy_get_type
@@ -115,6 +124,8 @@ nm_setting_wired_wake_on_lan_get_type
 nm_setting_wireless_get_type
 nm_setting_wireless_powersave_get_type
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_type
+nm_setting_wireless_security_pmf_get_type
+nm_setting_wireless_security_wps_method_get_type
 nm_settings_error_get_type
 nm_simple_connection_get_type
 nm_state_get_type
diff --git a/docs/libnm/version.xml b/docs/libnm/version.xml
index bfa363e7..1f707060 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.8.4
+1.9.90
-- 
cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5